blob: 7235617fce6b64022b1479eafa21e81f0f6f9452 [file] [log] [blame]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001/* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
2 *
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
4 *
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8 */
9
10/*
11 * misc1.c: functions that didn't seem to fit elsewhere
12 */
13
14#include "vim.h"
15#include "version.h"
16
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000017static char_u *vim_version_dir __ARGS((char_u *vimdir));
18static char_u *remove_tail __ARGS((char_u *p, char_u *pend, char_u *name));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000019static int copy_indent __ARGS((int size, char_u *src));
20
21/*
22 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in the current line.
23 */
24 int
25get_indent()
26{
27 return get_indent_str(ml_get_curline(), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
28}
29
30/*
31 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum".
32 */
33 int
34get_indent_lnum(lnum)
35 linenr_T lnum;
36{
37 return get_indent_str(ml_get(lnum), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
38}
39
40#if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
41/*
42 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum" of buffer
43 * "buf".
44 */
45 int
46get_indent_buf(buf, lnum)
47 buf_T *buf;
48 linenr_T lnum;
49{
50 return get_indent_str(ml_get_buf(buf, lnum, FALSE), (int)buf->b_p_ts);
51}
52#endif
53
54/*
55 * count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "ptr", with
56 * 'tabstop' at "ts"
57 */
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +000058 int
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000059get_indent_str(ptr, ts)
60 char_u *ptr;
61 int ts;
62{
63 int count = 0;
64
65 for ( ; *ptr; ++ptr)
66 {
67 if (*ptr == TAB) /* count a tab for what it is worth */
68 count += ts - (count % ts);
69 else if (*ptr == ' ')
70 ++count; /* count a space for one */
71 else
72 break;
73 }
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +000074 return count;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000075}
76
77/*
78 * Set the indent of the current line.
79 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
80 * Caller must take care of undo.
81 * "flags":
82 * SIN_CHANGED: call changed_bytes() if the line was changed.
83 * SIN_INSERT: insert the indent in front of the line.
84 * SIN_UNDO: save line for undo before changing it.
85 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
86 */
87 int
88set_indent(size, flags)
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +000089 int size; /* measured in spaces */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000090 int flags;
91{
92 char_u *p;
93 char_u *newline;
94 char_u *oldline;
95 char_u *s;
96 int todo;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +000097 int ind_len; /* measured in characters */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098 int line_len;
99 int doit = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000100 int ind_done = 0; /* measured in spaces */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000101 int tab_pad;
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000102 int retval = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000103 int orig_char_len = -1; /* number of initial whitespace chars when
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000104 'et' and 'pi' are both set */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000105
106 /*
107 * First check if there is anything to do and compute the number of
108 * characters needed for the indent.
109 */
110 todo = size;
111 ind_len = 0;
112 p = oldline = ml_get_curline();
113
114 /* Calculate the buffer size for the new indent, and check to see if it
115 * isn't already set */
116
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000117 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs; if both 'expandtab' and
118 * 'preserveindent' are set count the number of characters at the
119 * beginning of the line to be copied */
120 if (!curbuf->b_p_et || (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000121 {
122 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
123 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
124 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
125 {
126 ind_done = 0;
127
128 /* count as many characters as we can use */
129 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
130 {
131 if (*p == TAB)
132 {
133 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
134 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
135 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
136 if (todo < tab_pad)
137 break;
138 todo -= tab_pad;
139 ++ind_len;
140 ind_done += tab_pad;
141 }
142 else
143 {
144 --todo;
145 ++ind_len;
146 ++ind_done;
147 }
148 ++p;
149 }
150
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000151 /* Set initial number of whitespace chars to copy if we are
152 * preserving indent but expandtab is set */
153 if (curbuf->b_p_et)
154 orig_char_len = ind_len;
155
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000156 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
157 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000158 if (todo >= tab_pad && orig_char_len == -1)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000159 {
160 doit = TRUE;
161 todo -= tab_pad;
162 ++ind_len;
163 /* ind_done += tab_pad; */
164 }
165 }
166
167 /* count tabs required for indent */
168 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
169 {
170 if (*p != TAB)
171 doit = TRUE;
172 else
173 ++p;
174 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
175 ++ind_len;
176 /* ind_done += (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; */
177 }
178 }
179 /* count spaces required for indent */
180 while (todo > 0)
181 {
182 if (*p != ' ')
183 doit = TRUE;
184 else
185 ++p;
186 --todo;
187 ++ind_len;
188 /* ++ind_done; */
189 }
190
191 /* Return if the indent is OK already. */
192 if (!doit && !vim_iswhite(*p) && !(flags & SIN_INSERT))
193 return FALSE;
194
195 /* Allocate memory for the new line. */
196 if (flags & SIN_INSERT)
197 p = oldline;
198 else
199 p = skipwhite(p);
200 line_len = (int)STRLEN(p) + 1;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000201
202 /* If 'preserveindent' and 'expandtab' are both set keep the original
203 * characters and allocate accordingly. We will fill the rest with spaces
204 * after the if (!curbuf->b_p_et) below. */
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000205 if (orig_char_len != -1)
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000206 {
207 newline = alloc(orig_char_len + size - ind_done + line_len);
208 if (newline == NULL)
209 return FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000210 todo = size - ind_done;
211 ind_len = orig_char_len + todo; /* Set total length of indent in
212 * characters, which may have been
213 * undercounted until now */
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000214 p = oldline;
215 s = newline;
216 while (orig_char_len > 0)
217 {
218 *s++ = *p++;
219 orig_char_len--;
220 }
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +0000221
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000222 /* Skip over any additional white space (useful when newindent is less
223 * than old) */
224 while (vim_iswhite(*p))
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +0000225 ++p;
Bram Moolenaarcc00b952007-08-11 12:32:57 +0000226
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000227 }
228 else
229 {
230 todo = size;
231 newline = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
232 if (newline == NULL)
233 return FALSE;
234 s = newline;
235 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000236
237 /* Put the characters in the new line. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000238 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */
239 if (!curbuf->b_p_et)
240 {
241 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
242 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
243 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
244 {
245 p = oldline;
246 ind_done = 0;
247
248 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
249 {
250 if (*p == TAB)
251 {
252 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
253 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
254 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
255 if (todo < tab_pad)
256 break;
257 todo -= tab_pad;
258 ind_done += tab_pad;
259 }
260 else
261 {
262 --todo;
263 ++ind_done;
264 }
265 *s++ = *p++;
266 }
267
268 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
269 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
270 if (todo >= tab_pad)
271 {
272 *s++ = TAB;
273 todo -= tab_pad;
274 }
275
276 p = skipwhite(p);
277 }
278
279 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
280 {
281 *s++ = TAB;
282 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
283 }
284 }
285 while (todo > 0)
286 {
287 *s++ = ' ';
288 --todo;
289 }
290 mch_memmove(s, p, (size_t)line_len);
291
292 /* Replace the line (unless undo fails). */
293 if (!(flags & SIN_UNDO) || u_savesub(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) == OK)
294 {
295 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newline, FALSE);
296 if (flags & SIN_CHANGED)
297 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
298 /* Correct saved cursor position if it's after the indent. */
299 if (saved_cursor.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum
300 && saved_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - oldline))
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +0000301 saved_cursor.col += ind_len - (colnr_T)(p - oldline);
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000302 retval = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000303 }
304 else
305 vim_free(newline);
306
307 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000308 return retval;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000309}
310
311/*
312 * Copy the indent from ptr to the current line (and fill to size)
313 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
314 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
315 */
316 static int
317copy_indent(size, src)
318 int size;
319 char_u *src;
320{
321 char_u *p = NULL;
322 char_u *line = NULL;
323 char_u *s;
324 int todo;
325 int ind_len;
326 int line_len = 0;
327 int tab_pad;
328 int ind_done;
329 int round;
330
331 /* Round 1: compute the number of characters needed for the indent
332 * Round 2: copy the characters. */
333 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
334 {
335 todo = size;
336 ind_len = 0;
337 ind_done = 0;
338 s = src;
339
340 /* Count/copy the usable portion of the source line */
341 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*s))
342 {
343 if (*s == TAB)
344 {
345 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
346 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
347 /* Stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
348 if (todo < tab_pad)
349 break;
350 todo -= tab_pad;
351 ind_done += tab_pad;
352 }
353 else
354 {
355 --todo;
356 ++ind_done;
357 }
358 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000359 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000360 *p++ = *s;
361 ++s;
362 }
363
364 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
365 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
366 if (todo >= tab_pad)
367 {
368 todo -= tab_pad;
369 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000370 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000371 *p++ = TAB;
372 }
373
374 /* Add tabs required for indent */
375 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
376 {
377 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
378 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000379 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000380 *p++ = TAB;
381 }
382
383 /* Count/add spaces required for indent */
384 while (todo > 0)
385 {
386 --todo;
387 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000388 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000389 *p++ = ' ';
390 }
391
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000392 if (p == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000393 {
394 /* Allocate memory for the result: the copied indent, new indent
395 * and the rest of the line. */
396 line_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()) + 1;
397 line = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
398 if (line == NULL)
399 return FALSE;
400 p = line;
401 }
402 }
403
404 /* Append the original line */
405 mch_memmove(p, ml_get_curline(), (size_t)line_len);
406
407 /* Replace the line */
408 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, line, FALSE);
409
410 /* Put the cursor after the indent. */
411 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
412 return TRUE;
413}
414
415/*
416 * Return the indent of the current line after a number. Return -1 if no
417 * number was found. Used for 'n' in 'formatoptions': numbered list.
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000418 * Since a pattern is used it can actually handle more than numbers.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000419 */
420 int
421get_number_indent(lnum)
422 linenr_T lnum;
423{
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000424 colnr_T col;
425 pos_T pos;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000426 regmmatch_T regmatch;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000427
428 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
429 return -1;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000430 pos.lnum = 0;
431 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_p_flp, RE_MAGIC);
432 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL)
433 {
434 regmatch.rmm_ic = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar3b56eb32005-07-11 22:40:32 +0000435 regmatch.rmm_maxcol = 0;
Bram Moolenaar91a4e822008-01-19 14:59:58 +0000436 if (vim_regexec_multi(&regmatch, curwin, curbuf, lnum,
437 (colnr_T)0, NULL))
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000438 {
439 pos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum + lnum;
440 pos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
441#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
442 pos.coladd = 0;
443#endif
444 }
445 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
446 }
447
448 if (pos.lnum == 0 || *ml_get_pos(&pos) == NUL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000449 return -1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000450 getvcol(curwin, &pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
451 return (int)col;
452}
453
454#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT)
455
456static int cin_is_cinword __ARGS((char_u *line));
457
458/*
459 * Return TRUE if the string "line" starts with a word from 'cinwords'.
460 */
461 static int
462cin_is_cinword(line)
463 char_u *line;
464{
465 char_u *cinw;
466 char_u *cinw_buf;
467 int cinw_len;
468 int retval = FALSE;
469 int len;
470
471 cinw_len = (int)STRLEN(curbuf->b_p_cinw) + 1;
472 cinw_buf = alloc((unsigned)cinw_len);
473 if (cinw_buf != NULL)
474 {
475 line = skipwhite(line);
476 for (cinw = curbuf->b_p_cinw; *cinw; )
477 {
478 len = copy_option_part(&cinw, cinw_buf, cinw_len, ",");
479 if (STRNCMP(line, cinw_buf, len) == 0
480 && (!vim_iswordc(line[len]) || !vim_iswordc(line[len - 1])))
481 {
482 retval = TRUE;
483 break;
484 }
485 }
486 vim_free(cinw_buf);
487 }
488 return retval;
489}
490#endif
491
492/*
493 * open_line: Add a new line below or above the current line.
494 *
495 * For VREPLACE mode, we only add a new line when we get to the end of the
496 * file, otherwise we just start replacing the next line.
497 *
498 * Caller must take care of undo. Since VREPLACE may affect any number of
499 * lines however, it may call u_save_cursor() again when starting to change a
500 * new line.
501 * "flags": OPENLINE_DELSPACES delete spaces after cursor
502 * OPENLINE_DO_COM format comments
503 * OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL keep trailing spaces
504 * OPENLINE_MARKFIX adjust mark positions after the line break
505 *
506 * Return TRUE for success, FALSE for failure
507 */
508 int
509open_line(dir, flags, old_indent)
510 int dir; /* FORWARD or BACKWARD */
511 int flags;
512 int old_indent; /* indent for after ^^D in Insert mode */
513{
514 char_u *saved_line; /* copy of the original line */
515 char_u *next_line = NULL; /* copy of the next line */
516 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* what goes to next line */
517 int less_cols = 0; /* less columns for mark in new line */
518 int less_cols_off = 0; /* columns to skip for mark adjust */
519 pos_T old_cursor; /* old cursor position */
520 int newcol = 0; /* new cursor column */
521 int newindent = 0; /* auto-indent of the new line */
522 int n;
523 int trunc_line = FALSE; /* truncate current line afterwards */
524 int retval = FALSE; /* return value, default is FAIL */
525#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
526 int extra_len = 0; /* length of p_extra string */
527 int lead_len; /* length of comment leader */
528 char_u *lead_flags; /* position in 'comments' for comment leader */
529 char_u *leader = NULL; /* copy of comment leader */
530#endif
531 char_u *allocated = NULL; /* allocated memory */
532#if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_LISP) \
533 || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
534 char_u *p;
535#endif
536 int saved_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
537#if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
538 pos_T *pos;
539#endif
540#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
541 int do_si = (!p_paste && curbuf->b_p_si
542# ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
543 && !curbuf->b_p_cin
544# endif
545 );
546 int no_si = FALSE; /* reset did_si afterwards */
547 int first_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
548#endif
549#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
550 int vreplace_mode;
551#endif
552 int did_append; /* appended a new line */
553 int saved_pi = curbuf->b_p_pi; /* copy of preserveindent setting */
554
555 /*
556 * make a copy of the current line so we can mess with it
557 */
558 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
559 if (saved_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
560 return FALSE;
561
562#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
563 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
564 {
565 /*
566 * With VREPLACE we make a copy of the next line, which we will be
567 * starting to replace. First make the new line empty and let vim play
568 * with the indenting and comment leader to its heart's content. Then
569 * we grab what it ended up putting on the new line, put back the
570 * original line, and call ins_char() to put each new character onto
571 * the line, replacing what was there before and pushing the right
572 * stuff onto the replace stack. -- webb.
573 */
574 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < orig_line_count)
575 next_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1));
576 else
577 next_line = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
578 if (next_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
579 goto theend;
580
581 /*
582 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
583 * replacing the next line, so push all of the characters left on the
584 * line onto the replace stack. We'll push any other characters that
585 * might be replaced at the start of the next line (due to autoindent
586 * etc) a bit later.
587 */
588 replace_push(NUL); /* Call twice because BS over NL expects it */
589 replace_push(NUL);
590 p = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
591 while (*p != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +0000592 {
593#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
594 if (has_mbyte)
595 p += replace_push_mb(p);
596 else
597#endif
598 replace_push(*p++);
599 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000600 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
601 }
602#endif
603
604 if ((State & INSERT)
605#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
606 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
607#endif
608 )
609 {
610 p_extra = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
611#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
612 if (do_si) /* need first char after new line break */
613 {
614 p = skipwhite(p_extra);
615 first_char = *p;
616 }
617#endif
618#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
619 extra_len = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
620#endif
621 saved_char = *p_extra;
622 *p_extra = NUL;
623 }
624
625 u_clearline(); /* cannot do "U" command when adding lines */
626#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
627 did_si = FALSE;
628#endif
629 ai_col = 0;
630
631 /*
632 * If we just did an auto-indent, then we didn't type anything on
633 * the prior line, and it should be truncated. Do this even if 'ai' is not
634 * set because automatically inserting a comment leader also sets did_ai.
635 */
636 if (dir == FORWARD && did_ai)
637 trunc_line = TRUE;
638
639 /*
640 * If 'autoindent' and/or 'smartindent' is set, try to figure out what
641 * indent to use for the new line.
642 */
643 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
644#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
645 || do_si
646#endif
647 )
648 {
649 /*
650 * count white space on current line
651 */
652 newindent = get_indent_str(saved_line, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
653 if (newindent == 0)
654 newindent = old_indent; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
655
656#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
657 /*
658 * Do smart indenting.
659 * In insert/replace mode (only when dir == FORWARD)
660 * we may move some text to the next line. If it starts with '{'
661 * don't add an indent. Fixes inserting a NL before '{' in line
662 * "if (condition) {"
663 */
664 if (!trunc_line && do_si && *saved_line != NUL
665 && (p_extra == NULL || first_char != '{'))
666 {
667 char_u *ptr;
668 char_u last_char;
669
670 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
671 ptr = saved_line;
672# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
673 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
674 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
675 else
676 lead_len = 0;
677# endif
678 if (dir == FORWARD)
679 {
680 /*
681 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
682 * recognised as comments.
683 */
684 if (
685# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
686 lead_len == 0 &&
687# endif
688 ptr[0] == '#')
689 {
690 while (ptr[0] == '#' && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
691 ptr = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
692 newindent = get_indent();
693 }
694# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
695 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
696 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
697 else
698 lead_len = 0;
699 if (lead_len > 0)
700 {
701 /*
702 * This case gets the following right:
703 * \*
704 * * A comment (read '\' as '/').
705 * *\
706 * #define IN_THE_WAY
707 * This should line up here;
708 */
709 p = skipwhite(ptr);
710 if (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '*')
711 p++;
712 if (p[0] == '*')
713 {
714 for (p++; *p; p++)
715 {
716 if (p[0] == '/' && p[-1] == '*')
717 {
718 /*
719 * End of C comment, indent should line up
720 * with the line containing the start of
721 * the comment
722 */
723 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
724 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
725 {
726 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
727 newindent = get_indent();
728 }
729 }
730 }
731 }
732 }
733 else /* Not a comment line */
734# endif
735 {
736 /* Find last non-blank in line */
737 p = ptr + STRLEN(ptr) - 1;
738 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
739 --p;
740 last_char = *p;
741
742 /*
743 * find the character just before the '{' or ';'
744 */
745 if (last_char == '{' || last_char == ';')
746 {
747 if (p > ptr)
748 --p;
749 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
750 --p;
751 }
752 /*
753 * Try to catch lines that are split over multiple
754 * lines. eg:
755 * if (condition &&
756 * condition) {
757 * Should line up here!
758 * }
759 */
760 if (*p == ')')
761 {
762 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
763 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
764 {
765 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
766 newindent = get_indent();
767 ptr = ml_get_curline();
768 }
769 }
770 /*
771 * If last character is '{' do indent, without
772 * checking for "if" and the like.
773 */
774 if (last_char == '{')
775 {
776 did_si = TRUE; /* do indent */
777 no_si = TRUE; /* don't delete it when '{' typed */
778 }
779 /*
780 * Look for "if" and the like, use 'cinwords'.
781 * Don't do this if the previous line ended in ';' or
782 * '}'.
783 */
784 else if (last_char != ';' && last_char != '}'
785 && cin_is_cinword(ptr))
786 did_si = TRUE;
787 }
788 }
789 else /* dir == BACKWARD */
790 {
791 /*
792 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
793 * recognised as comments.
794 */
795 if (
796# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
797 lead_len == 0 &&
798# endif
799 ptr[0] == '#')
800 {
801 int was_backslashed = FALSE;
802
803 while ((ptr[0] == '#' || was_backslashed) &&
804 curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
805 {
806 if (*ptr && ptr[STRLEN(ptr) - 1] == '\\')
807 was_backslashed = TRUE;
808 else
809 was_backslashed = FALSE;
810 ptr = ml_get(++curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
811 }
812 if (was_backslashed)
813 newindent = 0; /* Got to end of file */
814 else
815 newindent = get_indent();
816 }
817 p = skipwhite(ptr);
818 if (*p == '}') /* if line starts with '}': do indent */
819 did_si = TRUE;
820 else /* can delete indent when '{' typed */
821 can_si_back = TRUE;
822 }
823 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
824 }
825 if (do_si)
826 can_si = TRUE;
827#endif /* FEAT_SMARTINDENT */
828
829 did_ai = TRUE;
830 }
831
832#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
833 /*
834 * Find out if the current line starts with a comment leader.
835 * This may then be inserted in front of the new line.
836 */
837 end_comment_pending = NUL;
838 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
839 lead_len = get_leader_len(saved_line, &lead_flags, dir == BACKWARD);
840 else
841 lead_len = 0;
842 if (lead_len > 0)
843 {
844 char_u *lead_repl = NULL; /* replaces comment leader */
845 int lead_repl_len = 0; /* length of *lead_repl */
846 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
847 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
848 char_u *comment_end = NULL; /* where lead_end has been found */
849 int extra_space = FALSE; /* append extra space */
850 int current_flag;
851 int require_blank = FALSE; /* requires blank after middle */
852 char_u *p2;
853
854 /*
855 * If the comment leader has the start, middle or end flag, it may not
856 * be used or may be replaced with the middle leader.
857 */
858 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p)
859 {
860 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
861 {
862 require_blank = TRUE;
863 continue;
864 }
865 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
866 {
867 current_flag = *p;
868 if (*p == COM_START)
869 {
870 /*
871 * Doing "O" on a start of comment does not insert leader.
872 */
873 if (dir == BACKWARD)
874 {
875 lead_len = 0;
876 break;
877 }
878
879 /* find start of middle part */
880 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
881 require_blank = FALSE;
882 }
883
884 /*
885 * Isolate the strings of the middle and end leader.
886 */
887 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
888 {
889 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
890 require_blank = TRUE;
891 ++p;
892 }
893 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
894
895 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
896 {
897 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
898 if (*p == COM_AUTO_END)
899 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
900 ++p;
901 }
902 n = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
903
904 if (end_comment_pending == -1) /* we can set it now */
905 end_comment_pending = lead_end[n - 1];
906
907 /*
908 * If the end of the comment is in the same line, don't use
909 * the comment leader.
910 */
911 if (dir == FORWARD)
912 {
913 for (p = saved_line + lead_len; *p; ++p)
914 if (STRNCMP(p, lead_end, n) == 0)
915 {
916 comment_end = p;
917 lead_len = 0;
918 break;
919 }
920 }
921
922 /*
923 * Doing "o" on a start of comment inserts the middle leader.
924 */
925 if (lead_len > 0)
926 {
927 if (current_flag == COM_START)
928 {
929 lead_repl = lead_middle;
930 lead_repl_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
931 }
932
933 /*
934 * If we have hit RETURN immediately after the start
935 * comment leader, then put a space after the middle
936 * comment leader on the next line.
937 */
938 if (!vim_iswhite(saved_line[lead_len - 1])
939 && ((p_extra != NULL
940 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col == lead_len)
941 || (p_extra == NULL
942 && saved_line[lead_len] == NUL)
943 || require_blank))
944 extra_space = TRUE;
945 }
946 break;
947 }
948 if (*p == COM_END)
949 {
950 /*
951 * Doing "o" on the end of a comment does not insert leader.
952 * Remember where the end is, might want to use it to find the
953 * start (for C-comments).
954 */
955 if (dir == FORWARD)
956 {
957 comment_end = skipwhite(saved_line);
958 lead_len = 0;
959 break;
960 }
961
962 /*
963 * Doing "O" on the end of a comment inserts the middle leader.
964 * Find the string for the middle leader, searching backwards.
965 */
966 while (p > curbuf->b_p_com && *p != ',')
967 --p;
968 for (lead_repl = p; lead_repl > curbuf->b_p_com
969 && lead_repl[-1] != ':'; --lead_repl)
970 ;
971 lead_repl_len = (int)(p - lead_repl);
972
973 /* We can probably always add an extra space when doing "O" on
974 * the comment-end */
975 extra_space = TRUE;
976
977 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
978 for (p2 = p; *p2 && *p2 != ':'; p2++)
979 {
980 if (*p2 == COM_AUTO_END)
981 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
982 }
983 if (end_comment_pending == -1)
984 {
985 /* Find last character in end-comment string */
986 while (*p2 && *p2 != ',')
987 p2++;
988 end_comment_pending = p2[-1];
989 }
990 break;
991 }
992 if (*p == COM_FIRST)
993 {
994 /*
995 * Comment leader for first line only: Don't repeat leader
996 * when using "O", blank out leader when using "o".
997 */
998 if (dir == BACKWARD)
999 lead_len = 0;
1000 else
1001 {
1002 lead_repl = (char_u *)"";
1003 lead_repl_len = 0;
1004 }
1005 break;
1006 }
1007 }
1008 if (lead_len)
1009 {
1010 /* allocate buffer (may concatenate p_exta later) */
1011 leader = alloc(lead_len + lead_repl_len + extra_space +
1012 extra_len + 1);
1013 allocated = leader; /* remember to free it later */
1014
1015 if (leader == NULL)
1016 lead_len = 0;
1017 else
1018 {
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00001019 vim_strncpy(leader, saved_line, lead_len);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001020
1021 /*
1022 * Replace leader with lead_repl, right or left adjusted
1023 */
1024 if (lead_repl != NULL)
1025 {
1026 int c = 0;
1027 int off = 0;
1028
Bram Moolenaard7d5b472009-11-11 16:30:08 +00001029 for (p = lead_flags; *p != NUL && *p != ':'; )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001030 {
1031 if (*p == COM_RIGHT || *p == COM_LEFT)
Bram Moolenaard7d5b472009-11-11 16:30:08 +00001032 c = *p++;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001033 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
1034 off = getdigits(&p);
Bram Moolenaard7d5b472009-11-11 16:30:08 +00001035 else
1036 ++p;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001037 }
1038 if (c == COM_RIGHT) /* right adjusted leader */
1039 {
1040 /* find last non-white in the leader to line up with */
1041 for (p = leader + lead_len - 1; p > leader
1042 && vim_iswhite(*p); --p)
1043 ;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001044 ++p;
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001045
1046#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1047 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
1048 * screen characters, not bytes. */
1049 {
1050 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
1051 lead_repl_len);
1052 int old_size = 0;
1053 char_u *endp = p;
1054 int l;
1055
1056 while (old_size < repl_size && p > leader)
1057 {
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00001058 mb_ptr_back(leader, p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001059 old_size += ptr2cells(p);
1060 }
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00001061 l = lead_repl_len - (int)(endp - p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001062 if (l != 0)
1063 mch_memmove(endp + l, endp,
1064 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - endp));
1065 lead_len += l;
1066 }
1067#else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001068 if (p < leader + lead_repl_len)
1069 p = leader;
1070 else
1071 p -= lead_repl_len;
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001072#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001073 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
1074 if (p + lead_repl_len > leader + lead_len)
1075 p[lead_repl_len] = NUL;
1076
1077 /* blank-out any other chars from the old leader. */
1078 while (--p >= leader)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001079 {
1080#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1081 int l = mb_head_off(leader, p);
1082
1083 if (l > 1)
1084 {
1085 p -= l;
1086 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
1087 {
1088 p[1] = ' ';
1089 --l;
1090 }
1091 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l + 1,
1092 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - (p + l + 1)));
1093 lead_len -= l;
1094 *p = ' ';
1095 }
1096 else
1097#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001098 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
1099 *p = ' ';
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001100 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001101 }
1102 else /* left adjusted leader */
1103 {
1104 p = skipwhite(leader);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001105#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1106 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
1107 * screen characters, not bytes. Move the part that is
1108 * not to be overwritten. */
1109 {
1110 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
1111 lead_repl_len);
1112 int i;
1113 int l;
1114
1115 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && i < lead_len; i += l)
1116 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001117 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001118 if (vim_strnsize(p, i + l) > repl_size)
1119 break;
1120 }
1121 if (i != lead_repl_len)
1122 {
1123 mch_memmove(p + lead_repl_len, p + i,
Bram Moolenaar2d7ff052009-11-17 15:08:26 +00001124 (size_t)(lead_len - i - (p - leader)));
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001125 lead_len += lead_repl_len - i;
1126 }
1127 }
1128#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001129 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
1130
1131 /* Replace any remaining non-white chars in the old
1132 * leader by spaces. Keep Tabs, the indent must
1133 * remain the same. */
1134 for (p += lead_repl_len; p < leader + lead_len; ++p)
1135 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
1136 {
1137 /* Don't put a space before a TAB. */
1138 if (p + 1 < leader + lead_len && p[1] == TAB)
1139 {
1140 --lead_len;
1141 mch_memmove(p, p + 1,
1142 (leader + lead_len) - p);
1143 }
1144 else
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001145 {
1146#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001147 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001148
1149 if (l > 1)
1150 {
1151 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
1152 {
1153 /* Replace a double-wide char with
1154 * two spaces */
1155 --l;
1156 *p++ = ' ';
1157 }
1158 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l,
1159 (leader + lead_len) - p);
1160 lead_len -= l - 1;
1161 }
1162#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001163 *p = ' ';
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001164 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001165 }
1166 *p = NUL;
1167 }
1168
1169 /* Recompute the indent, it may have changed. */
1170 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
1171#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1172 || do_si
1173#endif
1174 )
1175 newindent = get_indent_str(leader, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
1176
1177 /* Add the indent offset */
1178 if (newindent + off < 0)
1179 {
1180 off = -newindent;
1181 newindent = 0;
1182 }
1183 else
1184 newindent += off;
1185
1186 /* Correct trailing spaces for the shift, so that
1187 * alignment remains equal. */
1188 while (off > 0 && lead_len > 0
1189 && leader[lead_len - 1] == ' ')
1190 {
1191 /* Don't do it when there is a tab before the space */
1192 if (vim_strchr(skipwhite(leader), '\t') != NULL)
1193 break;
1194 --lead_len;
1195 --off;
1196 }
1197
1198 /* If the leader ends in white space, don't add an
1199 * extra space */
1200 if (lead_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(leader[lead_len - 1]))
1201 extra_space = FALSE;
1202 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
1203 }
1204
1205 if (extra_space)
1206 {
1207 leader[lead_len++] = ' ';
1208 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
1209 }
1210
1211 newcol = lead_len;
1212
1213 /*
1214 * if a new indent will be set below, remove the indent that
1215 * is in the comment leader
1216 */
1217 if (newindent
1218#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1219 || did_si
1220#endif
1221 )
1222 {
1223 while (lead_len && vim_iswhite(*leader))
1224 {
1225 --lead_len;
1226 --newcol;
1227 ++leader;
1228 }
1229 }
1230
1231 }
1232#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1233 did_si = can_si = FALSE;
1234#endif
1235 }
1236 else if (comment_end != NULL)
1237 {
1238 /*
1239 * We have finished a comment, so we don't use the leader.
1240 * If this was a C-comment and 'ai' or 'si' is set do a normal
1241 * indent to align with the line containing the start of the
1242 * comment.
1243 */
1244 if (comment_end[0] == '*' && comment_end[1] == '/' &&
1245 (curbuf->b_p_ai
1246#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1247 || do_si
1248#endif
1249 ))
1250 {
1251 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
1252 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(comment_end - saved_line);
1253 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
1254 {
1255 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
1256 newindent = get_indent();
1257 }
1258 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
1259 }
1260 }
1261 }
1262#endif
1263
1264 /* (State == INSERT || State == REPLACE), only when dir == FORWARD */
1265 if (p_extra != NULL)
1266 {
1267 *p_extra = saved_char; /* restore char that NUL replaced */
1268
1269 /*
1270 * When 'ai' set or "flags" has OPENLINE_DELSPACES, skip to the first
1271 * non-blank.
1272 *
1273 * When in REPLACE mode, put the deleted blanks on the replace stack,
1274 * preceded by a NUL, so they can be put back when a BS is entered.
1275 */
1276 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1277 replace_push(NUL); /* end of extra blanks */
1278 if (curbuf->b_p_ai || (flags & OPENLINE_DELSPACES))
1279 {
1280 while ((*p_extra == ' ' || *p_extra == '\t')
1281#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1282 && (!enc_utf8
1283 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(p_extra + 1)))
1284#endif
1285 )
1286 {
1287 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1288 replace_push(*p_extra);
1289 ++p_extra;
1290 ++less_cols_off;
1291 }
1292 }
1293 if (*p_extra != NUL)
1294 did_ai = FALSE; /* append some text, don't truncate now */
1295
1296 /* columns for marks adjusted for removed columns */
1297 less_cols = (int)(p_extra - saved_line);
1298 }
1299
1300 if (p_extra == NULL)
1301 p_extra = (char_u *)""; /* append empty line */
1302
1303#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1304 /* concatenate leader and p_extra, if there is a leader */
1305 if (lead_len)
1306 {
1307 STRCAT(leader, p_extra);
1308 p_extra = leader;
1309 did_ai = TRUE; /* So truncating blanks works with comments */
1310 less_cols -= lead_len;
1311 }
1312 else
1313 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* turns out there was no leader */
1314#endif
1315
1316 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
1317 if (dir == BACKWARD)
1318 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1319#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1320 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) || old_cursor.lnum >= orig_line_count)
1321#endif
1322 {
1323 if (ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, (colnr_T)0, FALSE)
1324 == FAIL)
1325 goto theend;
1326 /* Postpone calling changed_lines(), because it would mess up folding
1327 * with markers. */
1328 mark_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L);
1329 did_append = TRUE;
1330 }
1331#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1332 else
1333 {
1334 /*
1335 * In VREPLACE mode we are starting to replace the next line.
1336 */
1337 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++;
1338 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= Insstart.lnum + vr_lines_changed)
1339 {
1340 /* In case we NL to a new line, BS to the previous one, and NL
1341 * again, we don't want to save the new line for undo twice.
1342 */
1343 (void)u_save_cursor(); /* errors are ignored! */
1344 vr_lines_changed++;
1345 }
1346 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, TRUE);
1347 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
1348 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
1349 did_append = FALSE;
1350 }
1351#endif
1352
1353 if (newindent
1354#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1355 || did_si
1356#endif
1357 )
1358 {
1359 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1360#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1361 if (did_si)
1362 {
1363 if (p_sr)
1364 newindent -= newindent % (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
1365 newindent += (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
1366 }
1367#endif
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +00001368 /* Copy the indent */
1369 if (curbuf->b_p_ci)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001370 {
1371 (void)copy_indent(newindent, saved_line);
1372
1373 /*
1374 * Set the 'preserveindent' option so that any further screwing
1375 * with the line doesn't entirely destroy our efforts to preserve
1376 * it. It gets restored at the function end.
1377 */
1378 curbuf->b_p_pi = TRUE;
1379 }
1380 else
1381 (void)set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT);
1382 less_cols -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
1383
1384 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1385
1386 /*
1387 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the new indent, there must
1388 * be a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS
1389 */
1390 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1391 for (n = 0; n < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col; ++n)
1392 replace_push(NUL);
1393 newcol += curwin->w_cursor.col;
1394#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1395 if (no_si)
1396 did_si = FALSE;
1397#endif
1398 }
1399
1400#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1401 /*
1402 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the extra leader, there must be
1403 * a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS.
1404 */
1405 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1406 while (lead_len-- > 0)
1407 replace_push(NUL);
1408#endif
1409
1410 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
1411
1412 if (dir == FORWARD)
1413 {
1414 if (trunc_line || (State & INSERT))
1415 {
1416 /* truncate current line at cursor */
1417 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
1418 /* Remove trailing white space, unless OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL used. */
1419 if (trunc_line && !(flags & OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL))
1420 truncate_spaces(saved_line);
1421 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, saved_line, FALSE);
1422 saved_line = NULL;
1423 if (did_append)
1424 {
1425 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col,
1426 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, 1L);
1427 did_append = FALSE;
1428
1429 /* Move marks after the line break to the new line. */
1430 if (flags & OPENLINE_MARKFIX)
1431 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
1432 curwin->w_cursor.col + less_cols_off,
1433 1L, (long)-less_cols);
1434 }
1435 else
1436 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
1437 }
1438
1439 /*
1440 * Put the cursor on the new line. Careful: the scrollup() above may
1441 * have moved w_cursor, we must use old_cursor.
1442 */
1443 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = old_cursor.lnum + 1;
1444 }
1445 if (did_append)
1446 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L);
1447
1448 curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol;
1449#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1450 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
1451#endif
1452
1453#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
1454 /*
1455 * In VREPLACE mode, we are handling the replace stack ourselves, so stop
1456 * fixthisline() from doing it (via change_indent()) by telling it we're in
1457 * normal INSERT mode.
1458 */
1459 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1460 {
1461 vreplace_mode = State; /* So we know to put things right later */
1462 State = INSERT;
1463 }
1464 else
1465 vreplace_mode = 0;
1466#endif
1467#ifdef FEAT_LISP
1468 /*
1469 * May do lisp indenting.
1470 */
1471 if (!p_paste
1472# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1473 && leader == NULL
1474# endif
1475 && curbuf->b_p_lisp
1476 && curbuf->b_p_ai)
1477 {
1478 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
1479 p = ml_get_curline();
1480 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
1481 }
1482#endif
1483#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
1484 /*
1485 * May do indenting after opening a new line.
1486 */
1487 if (!p_paste
1488 && (curbuf->b_p_cin
1489# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
1490 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
1491# endif
1492 )
1493 && in_cinkeys(dir == FORWARD
1494 ? KEY_OPEN_FORW
1495 : KEY_OPEN_BACK, ' ', linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)))
1496 {
1497 do_c_expr_indent();
1498 p = ml_get_curline();
1499 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
1500 }
1501#endif
1502#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
1503 if (vreplace_mode != 0)
1504 State = vreplace_mode;
1505#endif
1506
1507#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1508 /*
1509 * Finally, VREPLACE gets the stuff on the new line, then puts back the
1510 * original line, and inserts the new stuff char by char, pushing old stuff
1511 * onto the replace stack (via ins_char()).
1512 */
1513 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1514 {
1515 /* Put new line in p_extra */
1516 p_extra = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
1517 if (p_extra == NULL)
1518 goto theend;
1519
1520 /* Put back original line */
1521 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, next_line, FALSE);
1522
1523 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
1524 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
1525#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1526 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
1527#endif
1528 ins_bytes(p_extra); /* will call changed_bytes() */
1529 vim_free(p_extra);
1530 next_line = NULL;
1531 }
1532#endif
1533
1534 retval = TRUE; /* success! */
1535theend:
1536 curbuf->b_p_pi = saved_pi;
1537 vim_free(saved_line);
1538 vim_free(next_line);
1539 vim_free(allocated);
1540 return retval;
1541}
1542
1543#if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
1544/*
1545 * get_leader_len() returns the length of the prefix of the given string
1546 * which introduces a comment. If this string is not a comment then 0 is
1547 * returned.
1548 * When "flags" is not NULL, it is set to point to the flags of the recognized
1549 * comment leader.
1550 * "backward" must be true for the "O" command.
1551 */
1552 int
1553get_leader_len(line, flags, backward)
1554 char_u *line;
1555 char_u **flags;
1556 int backward;
1557{
1558 int i, j;
1559 int got_com = FALSE;
1560 int found_one;
1561 char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */
1562 char_u *string; /* pointer to comment string */
1563 char_u *list;
1564
1565 i = 0;
1566 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) /* leading white space is ignored */
1567 ++i;
1568
1569 /*
1570 * Repeat to match several nested comment strings.
1571 */
1572 while (line[i])
1573 {
1574 /*
1575 * scan through the 'comments' option for a match
1576 */
1577 found_one = FALSE;
1578 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; )
1579 {
1580 /*
1581 * Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance list to next one.
1582 * put string at start of string.
1583 */
1584 if (!got_com && flags != NULL) /* remember where flags started */
1585 *flags = list;
1586 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
1587 string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':');
1588 if (string == NULL) /* missing ':', ignore this part */
1589 continue;
1590 *string++ = NUL; /* isolate flags from string */
1591
1592 /*
1593 * When already found a nested comment, only accept further
1594 * nested comments.
1595 */
1596 if (got_com && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
1597 continue;
1598
1599 /* When 'O' flag used don't use for "O" command */
1600 if (backward && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NOBACK) != NULL)
1601 continue;
1602
1603 /*
1604 * Line contents and string must match.
1605 * When string starts with white space, must have some white space
1606 * (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of
1607 * TABs and spaces).
1608 */
1609 if (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
1610 {
1611 if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1]))
1612 continue;
1613 while (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
1614 ++string;
1615 }
1616 for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j)
1617 ;
1618 if (string[j] != NUL)
1619 continue;
1620
1621 /*
1622 * When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an
1623 * end-of-line after the string in the line.
1624 */
1625 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL
1626 && !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL)
1627 continue;
1628
1629 /*
1630 * We have found a match, stop searching.
1631 */
1632 i += j;
1633 got_com = TRUE;
1634 found_one = TRUE;
1635 break;
1636 }
1637
1638 /*
1639 * No match found, stop scanning.
1640 */
1641 if (!found_one)
1642 break;
1643
1644 /*
1645 * Include any trailing white space.
1646 */
1647 while (vim_iswhite(line[i]))
1648 ++i;
1649
1650 /*
1651 * If this comment doesn't nest, stop here.
1652 */
1653 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
1654 break;
1655 }
1656 return (got_com ? i : 0);
1657}
1658#endif
1659
1660/*
1661 * Return the number of window lines occupied by buffer line "lnum".
1662 */
1663 int
1664plines(lnum)
1665 linenr_T lnum;
1666{
1667 return plines_win(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
1668}
1669
1670 int
1671plines_win(wp, lnum, winheight)
1672 win_T *wp;
1673 linenr_T lnum;
1674 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
1675{
1676#if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO)
1677 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
1678 * is one line anyway. */
1679 return plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) + diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
1680}
1681
1682 int
1683plines_nofill(lnum)
1684 linenr_T lnum;
1685{
1686 return plines_win_nofill(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
1687}
1688
1689 int
1690plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight)
1691 win_T *wp;
1692 linenr_T lnum;
1693 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
1694{
1695#endif
1696 int lines;
1697
1698 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
1699 return 1;
1700
1701#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1702 if (wp->w_width == 0)
1703 return 1;
1704#endif
1705
1706#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1707 /* A folded lines is handled just like an empty line. */
1708 /* NOTE: Caller must handle lines that are MAYBE folded. */
1709 if (lineFolded(wp, lnum) == TRUE)
1710 return 1;
1711#endif
1712
1713 lines = plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum);
1714 if (winheight > 0 && lines > wp->w_height)
1715 return (int)wp->w_height;
1716 return lines;
1717}
1718
1719/*
1720 * Return number of window lines physical line "lnum" will occupy in window
1721 * "wp". Does not care about folding, 'wrap' or 'diff'.
1722 */
1723 int
1724plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum)
1725 win_T *wp;
1726 linenr_T lnum;
1727{
1728 char_u *s;
1729 long col;
1730 int width;
1731
1732 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
1733 if (*s == NUL) /* empty line */
1734 return 1;
1735 col = win_linetabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)MAXCOL);
1736
1737 /*
1738 * If list mode is on, then the '$' at the end of the line may take up one
1739 * extra column.
1740 */
1741 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL)
1742 col += 1;
1743
1744 /*
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02001745 * Add column offset for 'number', 'relativenumber' and 'foldcolumn'.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001746 */
1747 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
1748 if (width <= 0)
1749 return 32000;
1750 if (col <= width)
1751 return 1;
1752 col -= width;
1753 width += win_col_off2(wp);
1754 return (col + (width - 1)) / width + 1;
1755}
1756
1757/*
1758 * Like plines_win(), but only reports the number of physical screen lines
1759 * used from the start of the line to the given column number.
1760 */
1761 int
1762plines_win_col(wp, lnum, column)
1763 win_T *wp;
1764 linenr_T lnum;
1765 long column;
1766{
1767 long col;
1768 char_u *s;
1769 int lines = 0;
1770 int width;
1771
1772#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1773 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
1774 * is one line anyway. */
1775 lines = diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
1776#endif
1777
1778 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
1779 return lines + 1;
1780
1781#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1782 if (wp->w_width == 0)
1783 return lines + 1;
1784#endif
1785
1786 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
1787
1788 col = 0;
1789 while (*s != NUL && --column >= 0)
1790 {
1791 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00001792 mb_ptr_adv(s);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001793 }
1794
1795 /*
1796 * If *s is a TAB, and the TAB is not displayed as ^I, and we're not in
1797 * INSERT mode, then col must be adjusted so that it represents the last
1798 * screen position of the TAB. This only fixes an error when the TAB wraps
1799 * from one screen line to the next (when 'columns' is not a multiple of
1800 * 'ts') -- webb.
1801 */
1802 if (*s == TAB && (State & NORMAL) && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1))
1803 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL) - 1;
1804
1805 /*
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02001806 * Add column offset for 'number', 'relativenumber', 'foldcolumn', etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001807 */
1808 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
Bram Moolenaar26470632006-10-24 19:12:40 +00001809 if (width <= 0)
1810 return 9999;
1811
1812 lines += 1;
1813 if (col > width)
1814 lines += (col - width) / (width + win_col_off2(wp)) + 1;
1815 return lines;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001816}
1817
1818 int
1819plines_m_win(wp, first, last)
1820 win_T *wp;
1821 linenr_T first, last;
1822{
1823 int count = 0;
1824
1825 while (first <= last)
1826 {
1827#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1828 int x;
1829
1830 /* Check if there are any really folded lines, but also included lines
1831 * that are maybe folded. */
1832 x = foldedCount(wp, first, NULL);
1833 if (x > 0)
1834 {
1835 ++count; /* count 1 for "+-- folded" line */
1836 first += x;
1837 }
1838 else
1839#endif
1840 {
1841#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1842 if (first == wp->w_topline)
1843 count += plines_win_nofill(wp, first, TRUE) + wp->w_topfill;
1844 else
1845#endif
1846 count += plines_win(wp, first, TRUE);
1847 ++first;
1848 }
1849 }
1850 return (count);
1851}
1852
1853#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
1854/*
1855 * Insert string "p" at the cursor position. Stops at a NUL byte.
1856 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
1857 */
1858 void
1859ins_bytes(p)
1860 char_u *p;
1861{
1862 ins_bytes_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p));
1863}
1864#endif
1865
1866#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
1867 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
1868/*
1869 * Insert string "p" with length "len" at the cursor position.
1870 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
1871 */
1872 void
1873ins_bytes_len(p, len)
1874 char_u *p;
1875 int len;
1876{
1877 int i;
1878# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1879 int n;
1880
Bram Moolenaar176dd1e2008-06-21 14:30:28 +00001881 if (has_mbyte)
1882 for (i = 0; i < len; i += n)
1883 {
1884 if (enc_utf8)
1885 /* avoid reading past p[len] */
1886 n = utfc_ptr2len_len(p + i, len - i);
1887 else
1888 n = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
1889 ins_char_bytes(p + i, n);
1890 }
1891 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001892# endif
Bram Moolenaar176dd1e2008-06-21 14:30:28 +00001893 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
1894 ins_char(p[i]);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001895}
1896#endif
1897
1898/*
1899 * Insert or replace a single character at the cursor position.
1900 * When in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode, replace any existing character.
1901 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
1902 * For multi-byte characters we get the whole character, the caller must
1903 * convert bytes to a character.
1904 */
1905 void
1906ins_char(c)
1907 int c;
1908{
1909#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
1910 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
1911 int n;
1912
1913 n = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
1914
1915 /* When "c" is 0x100, 0x200, etc. we don't want to insert a NUL byte.
1916 * Happens for CTRL-Vu9900. */
1917 if (buf[0] == 0)
1918 buf[0] = '\n';
1919
1920 ins_char_bytes(buf, n);
1921}
1922
1923 void
1924ins_char_bytes(buf, charlen)
1925 char_u *buf;
1926 int charlen;
1927{
1928 int c = buf[0];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001929#endif
1930 int newlen; /* nr of bytes inserted */
1931 int oldlen; /* nr of bytes deleted (0 when not replacing) */
1932 char_u *p;
1933 char_u *newp;
1934 char_u *oldp;
1935 int linelen; /* length of old line including NUL */
1936 colnr_T col;
1937 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1938 int i;
1939
1940#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1941 /* Break tabs if needed. */
1942 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
1943 coladvance_force(getviscol());
1944#endif
1945
1946 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1947 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
1948 linelen = (int)STRLEN(oldp) + 1;
1949
1950 /* The lengths default to the values for when not replacing. */
1951 oldlen = 0;
1952#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1953 newlen = charlen;
1954#else
1955 newlen = 1;
1956#endif
1957
1958 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
1959 {
1960#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1961 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1962 {
1963 colnr_T new_vcol = 0; /* init for GCC */
1964 colnr_T vcol;
1965 int old_list;
1966#ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
1967 char_u buf[2];
1968#endif
1969
1970 /*
1971 * Disable 'list' temporarily, unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
1972 * Returns the old value of list, so when finished,
1973 * curwin->w_p_list should be set back to this.
1974 */
1975 old_list = curwin->w_p_list;
1976 if (old_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
1977 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
1978
1979 /*
1980 * In virtual replace mode each character may replace one or more
1981 * characters (zero if it's a TAB). Count the number of bytes to
1982 * be deleted to make room for the new character, counting screen
1983 * cells. May result in adding spaces to fill a gap.
1984 */
1985 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &vcol, NULL);
1986#ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
1987 buf[0] = c;
1988 buf[1] = NUL;
1989#endif
1990 new_vcol = vcol + chartabsize(buf, vcol);
1991 while (oldp[col + oldlen] != NUL && vcol < new_vcol)
1992 {
1993 vcol += chartabsize(oldp + col + oldlen, vcol);
1994 /* Don't need to remove a TAB that takes us to the right
1995 * position. */
1996 if (vcol > new_vcol && oldp[col + oldlen] == TAB)
1997 break;
1998#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001999 oldlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col + oldlen);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002000#else
2001 ++oldlen;
2002#endif
2003 /* Deleted a bit too much, insert spaces. */
2004 if (vcol > new_vcol)
2005 newlen += vcol - new_vcol;
2006 }
2007 curwin->w_p_list = old_list;
2008 }
2009 else
2010#endif
2011 if (oldp[col] != NUL)
2012 {
2013 /* normal replace */
2014#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002015 oldlen = (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002016#else
2017 oldlen = 1;
2018#endif
2019 }
2020
2021
2022 /* Push the replaced bytes onto the replace stack, so that they can be
2023 * put back when BS is used. The bytes of a multi-byte character are
2024 * done the other way around, so that the first byte is popped off
2025 * first (it tells the byte length of the character). */
2026 replace_push(NUL);
2027 for (i = 0; i < oldlen; ++i)
2028 {
2029#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +00002030 if (has_mbyte)
2031 i += replace_push_mb(oldp + col + i) - 1;
2032 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002033#endif
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +00002034 replace_push(oldp[col + i]);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002035 }
2036 }
2037
2038 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(linelen + newlen - oldlen));
2039 if (newp == NULL)
2040 return;
2041
2042 /* Copy bytes before the cursor. */
2043 if (col > 0)
2044 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2045
2046 /* Copy bytes after the changed character(s). */
2047 p = newp + col;
2048 mch_memmove(p + newlen, oldp + col + oldlen,
2049 (size_t)(linelen - col - oldlen));
2050
2051 /* Insert or overwrite the new character. */
2052#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2053 mch_memmove(p, buf, charlen);
2054 i = charlen;
2055#else
2056 *p = c;
2057 i = 1;
2058#endif
2059
2060 /* Fill with spaces when necessary. */
2061 while (i < newlen)
2062 p[i++] = ' ';
2063
2064 /* Replace the line in the buffer. */
2065 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2066
2067 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2068 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
2069
2070 /*
2071 * If we're in Insert or Replace mode and 'showmatch' is set, then briefly
2072 * show the match for right parens and braces.
2073 */
2074 if (p_sm && (State & INSERT)
2075 && msg_silent == 0
2076#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2077 && charlen == 1
2078#endif
Bram Moolenaar7e8fd632006-02-18 22:14:51 +00002079#ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
2080 && !ins_compl_active()
2081#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002082 )
2083 showmatch(c);
2084
2085#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2086 if (!p_ri || (State & REPLACE_FLAG))
2087#endif
2088 {
2089 /* Normal insert: move cursor right */
2090#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2091 curwin->w_cursor.col += charlen;
2092#else
2093 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
2094#endif
2095 }
2096 /*
2097 * TODO: should try to update w_row here, to avoid recomputing it later.
2098 */
2099}
2100
2101/*
2102 * Insert a string at the cursor position.
2103 * Note: Does NOT handle Replace mode.
2104 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2105 */
2106 void
2107ins_str(s)
2108 char_u *s;
2109{
2110 char_u *oldp, *newp;
2111 int newlen = (int)STRLEN(s);
2112 int oldlen;
2113 colnr_T col;
2114 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2115
2116#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2117 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
2118 coladvance_force(getviscol());
2119#endif
2120
2121 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2122 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
2123 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
2124
2125 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(oldlen + newlen + 1));
2126 if (newp == NULL)
2127 return;
2128 if (col > 0)
2129 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2130 mch_memmove(newp + col, s, (size_t)newlen);
2131 mch_memmove(newp + col + newlen, oldp + col, (size_t)(oldlen - col + 1));
2132 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2133 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
2134 curwin->w_cursor.col += newlen;
2135}
2136
2137/*
2138 * Delete one character under the cursor.
2139 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
2140 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2141 *
2142 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2143 */
2144 int
2145del_char(fixpos)
2146 int fixpos;
2147{
2148#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2149 if (has_mbyte)
2150 {
2151 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character. */
2152 mb_adjust_cursor();
2153 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL)
2154 return FAIL;
2155 return del_chars(1L, fixpos);
2156 }
2157#endif
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002158 return del_bytes(1L, fixpos, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002159}
2160
2161#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
2162/*
2163 * Like del_bytes(), but delete characters instead of bytes.
2164 */
2165 int
2166del_chars(count, fixpos)
2167 long count;
2168 int fixpos;
2169{
2170 long bytes = 0;
2171 long i;
2172 char_u *p;
2173 int l;
2174
2175 p = ml_get_cursor();
2176 for (i = 0; i < count && *p != NUL; ++i)
2177 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002178 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002179 bytes += l;
2180 p += l;
2181 }
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002182 return del_bytes(bytes, fixpos, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002183}
2184#endif
2185
2186/*
2187 * Delete "count" bytes under the cursor.
2188 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
2189 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2190 *
2191 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2192 */
2193 int
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002194del_bytes(count, fixpos_arg, use_delcombine)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002195 long count;
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002196 int fixpos_arg;
Bram Moolenaar78a15312009-05-15 19:33:18 +00002197 int use_delcombine UNUSED; /* 'delcombine' option applies */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002198{
2199 char_u *oldp, *newp;
2200 colnr_T oldlen;
2201 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2202 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2203 int was_alloced;
2204 long movelen;
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002205 int fixpos = fixpos_arg;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002206
2207 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
2208 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
2209
2210 /*
2211 * Can't do anything when the cursor is on the NUL after the line.
2212 */
2213 if (col >= oldlen)
2214 return FAIL;
2215
2216#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2217 /* If 'delcombine' is set and deleting (less than) one character, only
2218 * delete the last combining character. */
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002219 if (p_deco && use_delcombine && enc_utf8
2220 && utfc_ptr2len(oldp + col) >= count)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002221 {
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00002222 int cc[MAX_MCO];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002223 int n;
2224
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00002225 (void)utfc_ptr2char(oldp + col, cc);
2226 if (cc[0] != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002227 {
2228 /* Find the last composing char, there can be several. */
2229 n = col;
2230 do
2231 {
2232 col = n;
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002233 count = utf_ptr2len(oldp + n);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002234 n += count;
2235 } while (UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(oldp + col, oldp + n));
2236 fixpos = 0;
2237 }
2238 }
2239#endif
2240
2241 /*
2242 * When count is too big, reduce it.
2243 */
2244 movelen = (long)oldlen - (long)col - count + 1; /* includes trailing NUL */
2245 if (movelen <= 1)
2246 {
2247 /*
2248 * If we just took off the last character of a non-blank line, and
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002249 * fixpos is TRUE, we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL,
2250 * unless "restart_edit" is set or 'virtualedit' contains "onemore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002251 */
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002252 if (col > 0 && fixpos && restart_edit == 0
2253#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2254 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0
2255#endif
2256 )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002257 {
2258 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
2259#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2260 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
2261#endif
2262#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2263 if (has_mbyte)
2264 curwin->w_cursor.col -=
2265 (*mb_head_off)(oldp, oldp + curwin->w_cursor.col);
2266#endif
2267 }
2268 count = oldlen - col;
2269 movelen = 1;
2270 }
2271
2272 /*
2273 * If the old line has been allocated the deletion can be done in the
2274 * existing line. Otherwise a new line has to be allocated
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002275 * Can't do this when using Netbeans, because we would need to invoke
2276 * netbeans_removed(), which deallocates the line. Let ml_replace() take
Bram Moolenaar1a509df2010-08-01 17:59:57 +02002277 * care of notifying Netbeans.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002278 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002279#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
Bram Moolenaarb26e6322010-05-22 21:34:09 +02002280 if (netbeans_active())
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002281 was_alloced = FALSE;
2282 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002283#endif
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002284 was_alloced = ml_line_alloced(); /* check if oldp was allocated */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002285 if (was_alloced)
2286 newp = oldp; /* use same allocated memory */
2287 else
2288 { /* need to allocate a new line */
2289 newp = alloc((unsigned)(oldlen + 1 - count));
2290 if (newp == NULL)
2291 return FAIL;
2292 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2293 }
2294 mch_memmove(newp + col, oldp + col + count, (size_t)movelen);
2295 if (!was_alloced)
2296 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2297
2298 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2299 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
2300
2301 return OK;
2302}
2303
2304/*
2305 * Delete from cursor to end of line.
2306 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2307 *
2308 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2309 */
2310 int
2311truncate_line(fixpos)
2312 int fixpos; /* if TRUE fix the cursor position when done */
2313{
2314 char_u *newp;
2315 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2316 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2317
2318 if (col == 0)
2319 newp = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
2320 else
2321 newp = vim_strnsave(ml_get(lnum), col);
2322
2323 if (newp == NULL)
2324 return FAIL;
2325
2326 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2327
2328 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2329 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
2330
2331 /*
2332 * If "fixpos" is TRUE we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL.
2333 */
2334 if (fixpos && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
2335 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
2336
2337 return OK;
2338}
2339
2340/*
2341 * Delete "nlines" lines at the cursor.
2342 * Saves the lines for undo first if "undo" is TRUE.
2343 */
2344 void
2345del_lines(nlines, undo)
2346 long nlines; /* number of lines to delete */
2347 int undo; /* if TRUE, prepare for undo */
2348{
2349 long n;
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002350 linenr_T first = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002351
2352 if (nlines <= 0)
2353 return;
2354
2355 /* save the deleted lines for undo */
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002356 if (undo && u_savedel(first, nlines) == FAIL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002357 return;
2358
2359 for (n = 0; n < nlines; )
2360 {
2361 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */
2362 break;
2363
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002364 ml_delete(first, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002365 ++n;
2366
2367 /* If we delete the last line in the file, stop */
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002368 if (first > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002369 break;
2370 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002371
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002372 /* Correct the cursor position before calling deleted_lines_mark(), it may
2373 * trigger a callback to display the cursor. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002374 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
2375 check_cursor_lnum();
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002376
2377 /* adjust marks, mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2378 deleted_lines_mark(first, n);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002379}
2380
2381 int
2382gchar_pos(pos)
2383 pos_T *pos;
2384{
2385 char_u *ptr = ml_get_pos(pos);
2386
2387#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2388 if (has_mbyte)
2389 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
2390#endif
2391 return (int)*ptr;
2392}
2393
2394 int
2395gchar_cursor()
2396{
2397#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2398 if (has_mbyte)
2399 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ml_get_cursor());
2400#endif
2401 return (int)*ml_get_cursor();
2402}
2403
2404/*
2405 * Write a character at the current cursor position.
2406 * It is directly written into the block.
2407 */
2408 void
2409pchar_cursor(c)
2410 int c;
2411{
2412 *(ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE)
2413 + curwin->w_cursor.col) = c;
2414}
2415
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002416/*
2417 * When extra == 0: Return TRUE if the cursor is before or on the first
2418 * non-blank in the line.
2419 * When extra == 1: Return TRUE if the cursor is before the first non-blank in
2420 * the line.
2421 */
2422 int
2423inindent(extra)
2424 int extra;
2425{
2426 char_u *ptr;
2427 colnr_T col;
2428
2429 for (col = 0, ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr); ++col)
2430 ++ptr;
2431 if (col >= curwin->w_cursor.col + extra)
2432 return TRUE;
2433 else
2434 return FALSE;
2435}
2436
2437/*
2438 * Skip to next part of an option argument: Skip space and comma.
2439 */
2440 char_u *
2441skip_to_option_part(p)
2442 char_u *p;
2443{
2444 if (*p == ',')
2445 ++p;
2446 while (*p == ' ')
2447 ++p;
2448 return p;
2449}
2450
2451/*
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002452 * Call this function when something in the current buffer is changed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002453 *
2454 * Most often called through changed_bytes() and changed_lines(), which also
2455 * mark the area of the display to be redrawn.
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002456 *
2457 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002458 */
2459 void
2460changed()
2461{
2462#if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
2463 /* The text of the preediting area is inserted, but this doesn't
2464 * mean a change of the buffer yet. That is delayed until the
2465 * text is committed. (this means preedit becomes empty) */
2466 if (im_is_preediting() && !xim_changed_while_preediting)
2467 return;
2468 xim_changed_while_preediting = FALSE;
2469#endif
2470
2471 if (!curbuf->b_changed)
2472 {
2473 int save_msg_scroll = msg_scroll;
2474
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002475 /* Give a warning about changing a read-only file. This may also
2476 * check-out the file, thus change "curbuf"! */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002477 change_warning(0);
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002478
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002479 /* Create a swap file if that is wanted.
2480 * Don't do this for "nofile" and "nowrite" buffer types. */
2481 if (curbuf->b_may_swap
2482#ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
2483 && !bt_dontwrite(curbuf)
2484#endif
2485 )
2486 {
2487 ml_open_file(curbuf);
2488
2489 /* The ml_open_file() can cause an ATTENTION message.
2490 * Wait two seconds, to make sure the user reads this unexpected
2491 * message. Since we could be anywhere, call wait_return() now,
2492 * and don't let the emsg() set msg_scroll. */
2493 if (need_wait_return && emsg_silent == 0)
2494 {
2495 out_flush();
2496 ui_delay(2000L, TRUE);
2497 wait_return(TRUE);
2498 msg_scroll = save_msg_scroll;
2499 }
2500 }
Bram Moolenaarfc2d5bd2010-05-15 17:06:53 +02002501 changed_int();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002502 }
2503 ++curbuf->b_changedtick;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002504}
2505
Bram Moolenaarfc2d5bd2010-05-15 17:06:53 +02002506/*
2507 * Internal part of changed(), no user interaction.
2508 */
2509 void
2510changed_int()
2511{
2512 curbuf->b_changed = TRUE;
2513 ml_setflags(curbuf);
2514#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2515 check_status(curbuf);
2516 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
2517#endif
2518#ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2519 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
2520#endif
2521}
2522
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002523static void changedOneline __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum));
2524static void changed_lines_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002525static void changed_common __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
2526
2527/*
2528 * Changed bytes within a single line for the current buffer.
2529 * - marks the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
2530 * - marks the buffer changed by calling changed()
2531 * - invalidates cached values
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002532 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002533 */
2534 void
2535changed_bytes(lnum, col)
2536 linenr_T lnum;
2537 colnr_T col;
2538{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002539 changedOneline(curbuf, lnum);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002540 changed_common(lnum, col, lnum + 1, 0L);
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002541
2542#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2543 /* Diff highlighting in other diff windows may need to be updated too. */
2544 if (curwin->w_p_diff)
2545 {
2546 win_T *wp;
2547 linenr_T wlnum;
2548
2549 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2550 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
2551 {
2552 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
2553 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
2554 if (wlnum > 0)
2555 changedOneline(wp->w_buffer, wlnum);
2556 }
2557 }
2558#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002559}
2560
2561 static void
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002562changedOneline(buf, lnum)
2563 buf_T *buf;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002564 linenr_T lnum;
2565{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002566 if (buf->b_mod_set)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002567 {
2568 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002569 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
2570 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2571 else if (lnum >= buf->b_mod_bot)
2572 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002573 }
2574 else
2575 {
2576 /* set the area that must be redisplayed to one line */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002577 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
2578 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2579 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
2580 buf->b_mod_xlines = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002581 }
2582}
2583
2584/*
2585 * Appended "count" lines below line "lnum" in the current buffer.
2586 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2587 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
2588 */
2589 void
2590appended_lines(lnum, count)
2591 linenr_T lnum;
2592 long count;
2593{
2594 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
2595}
2596
2597/*
2598 * Like appended_lines(), but adjust marks first.
2599 */
2600 void
2601appended_lines_mark(lnum, count)
2602 linenr_T lnum;
2603 long count;
2604{
2605 mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, count, 0L);
2606 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
2607}
2608
2609/*
2610 * Deleted "count" lines at line "lnum" in the current buffer.
2611 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2612 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
2613 */
2614 void
2615deleted_lines(lnum, count)
2616 linenr_T lnum;
2617 long count;
2618{
2619 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
2620}
2621
2622/*
2623 * Like deleted_lines(), but adjust marks first.
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002624 * Make sure the cursor is on a valid line before calling, a GUI callback may
2625 * be triggered to display the cursor.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002626 */
2627 void
2628deleted_lines_mark(lnum, count)
2629 linenr_T lnum;
2630 long count;
2631{
2632 mark_adjust(lnum, (linenr_T)(lnum + count - 1), (long)MAXLNUM, -count);
2633 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
2634}
2635
2636/*
2637 * Changed lines for the current buffer.
2638 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2639 * - mark the buffer changed by calling changed()
2640 * - mark the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
2641 * - invalidate cached values
2642 * "lnum" is the first line that needs displaying, "lnume" the first line
2643 * below the changed lines (BEFORE the change).
2644 * When only inserting lines, "lnum" and "lnume" are equal.
2645 * Takes care of calling changed() and updating b_mod_*.
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002646 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002647 */
2648 void
2649changed_lines(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
2650 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
2651 colnr_T col; /* column in first line with change */
2652 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
2653 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
2654{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002655 changed_lines_buf(curbuf, lnum, lnume, xtra);
2656
2657#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2658 if (xtra == 0 && curwin->w_p_diff)
2659 {
2660 /* When the number of lines doesn't change then mark_adjust() isn't
2661 * called and other diff buffers still need to be marked for
2662 * displaying. */
2663 win_T *wp;
2664 linenr_T wlnum;
2665
2666 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2667 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
2668 {
2669 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
2670 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
2671 if (wlnum > 0)
2672 changed_lines_buf(wp->w_buffer, wlnum,
2673 lnume - lnum + wlnum, 0L);
2674 }
2675 }
2676#endif
2677
2678 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra);
2679}
2680
2681 static void
2682changed_lines_buf(buf, lnum, lnume, xtra)
2683 buf_T *buf;
2684 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
2685 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
2686 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
2687{
2688 if (buf->b_mod_set)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002689 {
2690 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002691 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
2692 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2693 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_bot)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002694 {
2695 /* adjust old bot position for xtra lines */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002696 buf->b_mod_bot += xtra;
2697 if (buf->b_mod_bot < lnum)
2698 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002699 }
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002700 if (lnume + xtra > buf->b_mod_bot)
2701 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
2702 buf->b_mod_xlines += xtra;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002703 }
2704 else
2705 {
2706 /* set the area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002707 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
2708 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2709 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
2710 buf->b_mod_xlines = xtra;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002711 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002712}
2713
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002714/*
2715 * Common code for when a change is was made.
2716 * See changed_lines() for the arguments.
2717 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
2718 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002719 static void
2720changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
2721 linenr_T lnum;
2722 colnr_T col;
2723 linenr_T lnume;
2724 long xtra;
2725{
2726 win_T *wp;
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002727#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2728 tabpage_T *tp;
2729#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002730 int i;
2731#ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
2732 int cols;
2733 pos_T *p;
2734 int add;
2735#endif
2736
2737 /* mark the buffer as modified */
2738 changed();
2739
2740 /* set the '. mark */
2741 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
2742 {
2743 curbuf->b_last_change.lnum = lnum;
2744 curbuf->b_last_change.col = col;
2745
2746#ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
2747 /* Create a new entry if a new undo-able change was started or we
2748 * don't have an entry yet. */
2749 if (curbuf->b_new_change || curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
2750 {
2751 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
2752 add = TRUE;
2753 else
2754 {
2755 /* Don't create a new entry when the line number is the same
2756 * as the last one and the column is not too far away. Avoids
2757 * creating many entries for typing "xxxxx". */
2758 p = &curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1];
2759 if (p->lnum != lnum)
2760 add = TRUE;
2761 else
2762 {
2763 cols = comp_textwidth(FALSE);
2764 if (cols == 0)
2765 cols = 79;
2766 add = (p->col + cols < col || col + cols < p->col);
2767 }
2768 }
2769 if (add)
2770 {
2771 /* This is the first of a new sequence of undo-able changes
2772 * and it's at some distance of the last change. Use a new
2773 * position in the changelist. */
2774 curbuf->b_new_change = FALSE;
2775
2776 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == JUMPLISTSIZE)
2777 {
2778 /* changelist is full: remove oldest entry */
2779 curbuf->b_changelistlen = JUMPLISTSIZE - 1;
2780 mch_memmove(curbuf->b_changelist, curbuf->b_changelist + 1,
2781 sizeof(pos_T) * (JUMPLISTSIZE - 1));
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002782 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002783 {
2784 /* Correct position in changelist for other windows on
2785 * this buffer. */
2786 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf && wp->w_changelistidx > 0)
2787 --wp->w_changelistidx;
2788 }
2789 }
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002790 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002791 {
2792 /* For other windows, if the position in the changelist is
2793 * at the end it stays at the end. */
2794 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf
2795 && wp->w_changelistidx == curbuf->b_changelistlen)
2796 ++wp->w_changelistidx;
2797 }
2798 ++curbuf->b_changelistlen;
2799 }
2800 }
2801 curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1] =
2802 curbuf->b_last_change;
2803 /* The current window is always after the last change, so that "g,"
2804 * takes you back to it. */
2805 curwin->w_changelistidx = curbuf->b_changelistlen;
2806#endif
2807 }
2808
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002809 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002810 {
2811 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf)
2812 {
2813 /* Mark this window to be redrawn later. */
2814 if (wp->w_redr_type < VALID)
2815 wp->w_redr_type = VALID;
2816
2817 /* Check if a change in the buffer has invalidated the cached
2818 * values for the cursor. */
2819#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2820 /*
2821 * Update the folds for this window. Can't postpone this, because
2822 * a following operator might work on the whole fold: ">>dd".
2823 */
2824 foldUpdate(wp, lnum, lnume + xtra - 1);
2825
2826 /* The change may cause lines above or below the change to become
2827 * included in a fold. Set lnum/lnume to the first/last line that
2828 * might be displayed differently.
2829 * Set w_cline_folded here as an efficient way to update it when
2830 * inserting lines just above a closed fold. */
2831 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, &lnum, NULL, FALSE, NULL);
2832 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum)
2833 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
2834 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnume, NULL, &lnume, FALSE, NULL);
2835 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnume)
2836 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
2837
2838 /* If the changed line is in a range of previously folded lines,
2839 * compare with the first line in that range. */
2840 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
2841 {
2842 i = find_wl_entry(wp, lnum);
2843 if (i >= 0 && wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum)
2844 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
2845 }
2846#endif
2847
2848 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > lnum)
2849 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
2850 else if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum && wp->w_cursor.col >= col)
2851 changed_cline_bef_curs_win(wp);
2852 if (wp->w_botline >= lnum)
2853 {
2854 /* Assume that botline doesn't change (inserted lines make
2855 * other lines scroll down below botline). */
2856 approximate_botline_win(wp);
2857 }
2858
2859 /* Check if any w_lines[] entries have become invalid.
2860 * For entries below the change: Correct the lnums for
2861 * inserted/deleted lines. Makes it possible to stop displaying
2862 * after the change. */
2863 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
2864 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
2865 {
2866 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= lnum)
2867 {
2868 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum < lnume)
2869 {
2870 /* line included in change */
2871 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
2872 }
2873 else if (xtra != 0)
2874 {
2875 /* line below change */
2876 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum += xtra;
2877#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2878 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum += xtra;
2879#endif
2880 }
2881 }
2882#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2883 else if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum >= lnum)
2884 {
2885 /* change somewhere inside this range of folded lines,
2886 * may need to be redrawn */
2887 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
2888 }
2889#endif
2890 }
Bram Moolenaar3234cc62009-11-03 17:47:12 +00002891
2892#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2893 /* Take care of side effects for setting w_topline when folds have
2894 * changed. Esp. when the buffer was changed in another window. */
2895 if (hasAnyFolding(wp))
2896 set_topline(wp, wp->w_topline);
2897#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002898 }
2899 }
2900
2901 /* Call update_screen() later, which checks out what needs to be redrawn,
2902 * since it notices b_mod_set and then uses b_mod_*. */
2903 if (must_redraw < VALID)
2904 must_redraw = VALID;
Bram Moolenaar5e3cb7e2006-02-27 23:58:35 +00002905
2906#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
2907 /* when the cursor line is changed always trigger CursorMoved */
Bram Moolenaare163f1c2006-10-17 09:12:21 +00002908 if (lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum
2909 && lnume + (xtra < 0 ? -xtra : xtra) > curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
Bram Moolenaar5e3cb7e2006-02-27 23:58:35 +00002910 last_cursormoved.lnum = 0;
2911#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002912}
2913
2914/*
2915 * unchanged() is called when the changed flag must be reset for buffer 'buf'
2916 */
2917 void
2918unchanged(buf, ff)
2919 buf_T *buf;
2920 int ff; /* also reset 'fileformat' */
2921{
2922 if (buf->b_changed || (ff && file_ff_differs(buf)))
2923 {
2924 buf->b_changed = 0;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00002925 ml_setflags(buf);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002926 if (ff)
2927 save_file_ff(buf);
2928#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2929 check_status(buf);
Bram Moolenaar997fb4b2006-02-17 21:53:23 +00002930 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002931#endif
2932#ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2933 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
2934#endif
2935 }
2936 ++buf->b_changedtick;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002937#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
2938 netbeans_unmodified(buf);
2939#endif
2940}
2941
2942#if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
2943/*
2944 * check_status: called when the status bars for the buffer 'buf'
2945 * need to be updated
2946 */
2947 void
2948check_status(buf)
2949 buf_T *buf;
2950{
2951 win_T *wp;
2952
2953 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2954 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && wp->w_status_height)
2955 {
2956 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
2957 if (must_redraw < VALID)
2958 must_redraw = VALID;
2959 }
2960}
2961#endif
2962
2963/*
2964 * If the file is readonly, give a warning message with the first change.
2965 * Don't do this for autocommands.
2966 * Don't use emsg(), because it flushes the macro buffer.
Bram Moolenaard5cdbeb2005-10-10 20:59:28 +00002967 * If we have undone all changes b_changed will be FALSE, but "b_did_warn"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002968 * will be TRUE.
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002969 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002970 */
2971 void
2972change_warning(col)
2973 int col; /* column for message; non-zero when in insert
2974 mode and 'showmode' is on */
2975{
Bram Moolenaar496c5262009-03-18 14:42:00 +00002976 static char *w_readonly = N_("W10: Warning: Changing a readonly file");
2977
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002978 if (curbuf->b_did_warn == FALSE
2979 && curbufIsChanged() == 0
2980#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
2981 && !autocmd_busy
2982#endif
2983 && curbuf->b_p_ro)
2984 {
2985#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002986 ++curbuf_lock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002987 apply_autocmds(EVENT_FILECHANGEDRO, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002988 --curbuf_lock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002989 if (!curbuf->b_p_ro)
2990 return;
2991#endif
2992 /*
2993 * Do what msg() does, but with a column offset if the warning should
2994 * be after the mode message.
2995 */
2996 msg_start();
2997 if (msg_row == Rows - 1)
2998 msg_col = col;
Bram Moolenaar2df6dcc2004-07-12 15:53:54 +00002999 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
Bram Moolenaar496c5262009-03-18 14:42:00 +00003000 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(w_readonly), hl_attr(HLF_W) | MSG_HIST);
3001#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
3002 set_vim_var_string(VV_WARNINGMSG, (char_u *)_(w_readonly), -1);
3003#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003004 msg_clr_eos();
3005 (void)msg_end();
3006 if (msg_silent == 0 && !silent_mode)
3007 {
3008 out_flush();
3009 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); /* give the user time to think about it */
3010 }
3011 curbuf->b_did_warn = TRUE;
3012 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't redraw and erase the message */
3013 if (msg_row < Rows - 1)
3014 showmode();
3015 }
3016}
3017
3018/*
3019 * Ask for a reply from the user, a 'y' or a 'n'.
3020 * No other characters are accepted, the message is repeated until a valid
3021 * reply is entered or CTRL-C is hit.
3022 * If direct is TRUE, don't use vgetc() but ui_inchar(), don't get characters
3023 * from any buffers but directly from the user.
3024 *
3025 * return the 'y' or 'n'
3026 */
3027 int
3028ask_yesno(str, direct)
3029 char_u *str;
3030 int direct;
3031{
3032 int r = ' ';
3033 int save_State = State;
3034
3035 if (exiting) /* put terminal in raw mode for this question */
3036 settmode(TMODE_RAW);
3037 ++no_wait_return;
3038#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
3039 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
3040#endif
3041 State = CONFIRM; /* mouse behaves like with :confirm */
3042#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3043 setmouse(); /* disables mouse for xterm */
3044#endif
3045 ++no_mapping;
3046 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
3047
3048 while (r != 'y' && r != 'n')
3049 {
3050 /* same highlighting as for wait_return */
3051 smsg_attr(hl_attr(HLF_R), (char_u *)"%s (y/n)?", str);
3052 if (direct)
3053 r = get_keystroke();
3054 else
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +00003055 r = plain_vgetc();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003056 if (r == Ctrl_C || r == ESC)
3057 r = 'n';
3058 msg_putchar(r); /* show what you typed */
3059 out_flush();
3060 }
3061 --no_wait_return;
3062 State = save_State;
3063#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3064 setmouse();
3065#endif
3066 --no_mapping;
3067 --allow_keys;
3068
3069 return r;
3070}
3071
3072/*
3073 * Get a key stroke directly from the user.
3074 * Ignores mouse clicks and scrollbar events, except a click for the left
3075 * button (used at the more prompt).
3076 * Doesn't use vgetc(), because it syncs undo and eats mapped characters.
3077 * Disadvantage: typeahead is ignored.
3078 * Translates the interrupt character for unix to ESC.
3079 */
3080 int
3081get_keystroke()
3082{
3083#define CBUFLEN 151
3084 char_u buf[CBUFLEN];
3085 int len = 0;
3086 int n;
3087 int save_mapped_ctrl_c = mapped_ctrl_c;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003088 int waited = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003089
3090 mapped_ctrl_c = FALSE; /* mappings are not used here */
3091 for (;;)
3092 {
3093 cursor_on();
3094 out_flush();
3095
3096 /* First time: blocking wait. Second time: wait up to 100ms for a
3097 * terminal code to complete. Leave some room for check_termcode() to
3098 * insert a key code into (max 5 chars plus NUL). And
3099 * fix_input_buffer() can triple the number of bytes. */
3100 n = ui_inchar(buf + len, (CBUFLEN - 6 - len) / 3,
3101 len == 0 ? -1L : 100L, 0);
3102 if (n > 0)
3103 {
3104 /* Replace zero and CSI by a special key code. */
3105 n = fix_input_buffer(buf + len, n, FALSE);
3106 len += n;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003107 waited = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003108 }
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003109 else if (len > 0)
3110 ++waited; /* keep track of the waiting time */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003111
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003112 /* Incomplete termcode and not timed out yet: get more characters */
3113 if ((n = check_termcode(1, buf, len)) < 0
3114 && (!p_ttimeout || waited * 100L < (p_ttm < 0 ? p_tm : p_ttm)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003115 continue;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003116
Bram Moolenaar946ffd42010-12-30 12:30:31 +01003117 if (n == KEYLEN_REMOVED) /* key code removed */
3118 continue;
3119 if (n > 0) /* found a termcode: adjust length */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003120 len = n;
Bram Moolenaar946ffd42010-12-30 12:30:31 +01003121 if (len == 0) /* nothing typed yet */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003122 continue;
3123
3124 /* Handle modifier and/or special key code. */
3125 n = buf[0];
3126 if (n == K_SPECIAL)
3127 {
3128 n = TO_SPECIAL(buf[1], buf[2]);
3129 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER
3130 || n == K_IGNORE
3131#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3132 || n == K_LEFTMOUSE_NM
3133 || n == K_LEFTDRAG
3134 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE
3135 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE_NM
3136 || n == K_MIDDLEMOUSE
3137 || n == K_MIDDLEDRAG
3138 || n == K_MIDDLERELEASE
3139 || n == K_RIGHTMOUSE
3140 || n == K_RIGHTDRAG
3141 || n == K_RIGHTRELEASE
3142 || n == K_MOUSEDOWN
3143 || n == K_MOUSEUP
Bram Moolenaar8d9b40e2010-07-25 15:49:07 +02003144 || n == K_MOUSELEFT
3145 || n == K_MOUSERIGHT
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003146 || n == K_X1MOUSE
3147 || n == K_X1DRAG
3148 || n == K_X1RELEASE
3149 || n == K_X2MOUSE
3150 || n == K_X2DRAG
3151 || n == K_X2RELEASE
3152# ifdef FEAT_GUI
3153 || n == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
3154 || n == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR
3155# endif
3156#endif
3157 )
3158 {
3159 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER)
3160 mod_mask = buf[2];
3161 len -= 3;
3162 if (len > 0)
3163 mch_memmove(buf, buf + 3, (size_t)len);
3164 continue;
3165 }
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003166 break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003167 }
3168#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3169 if (has_mbyte)
3170 {
3171 if (MB_BYTE2LEN(n) > len)
3172 continue; /* more bytes to get */
3173 buf[len >= CBUFLEN ? CBUFLEN - 1 : len] = NUL;
3174 n = (*mb_ptr2char)(buf);
3175 }
3176#endif
3177#ifdef UNIX
3178 if (n == intr_char)
3179 n = ESC;
3180#endif
3181 break;
3182 }
3183
3184 mapped_ctrl_c = save_mapped_ctrl_c;
3185 return n;
3186}
3187
3188/*
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003189 * Get a number from the user.
3190 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003191 */
3192 int
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003193get_number(colon, mouse_used)
3194 int colon; /* allow colon to abort */
3195 int *mouse_used;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003196{
3197 int n = 0;
3198 int c;
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003199 int typed = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003200
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003201 if (mouse_used != NULL)
3202 *mouse_used = FALSE;
3203
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003204 /* When not printing messages, the user won't know what to type, return a
3205 * zero (as if CR was hit). */
3206 if (msg_silent != 0)
3207 return 0;
3208
3209#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
3210 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
3211#endif
3212 ++no_mapping;
3213 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
3214 for (;;)
3215 {
3216 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col);
3217 c = safe_vgetc();
3218 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
3219 {
3220 n = n * 10 + c - '0';
3221 msg_putchar(c);
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003222 ++typed;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003223 }
3224 else if (c == K_DEL || c == K_KDEL || c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
3225 {
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003226 if (typed > 0)
3227 {
3228 MSG_PUTS("\b \b");
3229 --typed;
3230 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003231 n /= 10;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003232 }
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003233#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3234 else if (mouse_used != NULL && c == K_LEFTMOUSE)
3235 {
3236 *mouse_used = TRUE;
3237 n = mouse_row + 1;
3238 break;
3239 }
3240#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003241 else if (n == 0 && c == ':' && colon)
3242 {
3243 stuffcharReadbuff(':');
3244 if (!exmode_active)
3245 cmdline_row = msg_row;
3246 skip_redraw = TRUE; /* skip redraw once */
3247 do_redraw = FALSE;
3248 break;
3249 }
3250 else if (c == CAR || c == NL || c == Ctrl_C || c == ESC)
3251 break;
3252 }
3253 --no_mapping;
3254 --allow_keys;
3255 return n;
3256}
3257
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003258/*
3259 * Ask the user to enter a number.
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003260 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse and in that case return
3261 * the line number.
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003262 */
3263 int
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003264prompt_for_number(mouse_used)
3265 int *mouse_used;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003266{
3267 int i;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003268 int save_cmdline_row;
3269 int save_State;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003270
3271 /* When using ":silent" assume that <CR> was entered. */
Bram Moolenaar42eeac32005-06-29 22:40:58 +00003272 if (mouse_used != NULL)
Bram Moolenaard812df62008-11-09 12:46:09 +00003273 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> or click with mouse (empty cancels): "));
Bram Moolenaar42eeac32005-06-29 22:40:58 +00003274 else
Bram Moolenaard812df62008-11-09 12:46:09 +00003275 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> (empty cancels): "));
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003276
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003277 /* Set the state such that text can be selected/copied/pasted and we still
3278 * get mouse events. */
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003279 save_cmdline_row = cmdline_row;
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003280 cmdline_row = 0;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003281 save_State = State;
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003282 State = CMDLINE;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003283
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003284 i = get_number(TRUE, mouse_used);
3285 if (KeyTyped)
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003286 {
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003287 /* don't call wait_return() now */
3288 /* msg_putchar('\n'); */
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003289 cmdline_row = msg_row - 1;
3290 need_wait_return = FALSE;
3291 msg_didany = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaarb2450162009-07-22 09:04:20 +00003292 msg_didout = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003293 }
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003294 else
3295 cmdline_row = save_cmdline_row;
3296 State = save_State;
3297
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003298 return i;
3299}
3300
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003301 void
3302msgmore(n)
3303 long n;
3304{
3305 long pn;
3306
3307 if (global_busy /* no messages now, wait until global is finished */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003308 || !messaging()) /* 'lazyredraw' set, don't do messages now */
3309 return;
3310
Bram Moolenaar7df2d662005-01-25 22:18:08 +00003311 /* We don't want to overwrite another important message, but do overwrite
3312 * a previous "more lines" or "fewer lines" message, so that "5dd" and
3313 * then "put" reports the last action. */
3314 if (keep_msg != NULL && !keep_msg_more)
3315 return;
3316
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003317 if (n > 0)
3318 pn = n;
3319 else
3320 pn = -n;
3321
3322 if (pn > p_report)
3323 {
3324 if (pn == 1)
3325 {
3326 if (n > 0)
3327 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 more line"));
3328 else
3329 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 line less"));
3330 }
3331 else
3332 {
3333 if (n > 0)
3334 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld more lines"), pn);
3335 else
3336 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld fewer lines"), pn);
3337 }
3338 if (got_int)
3339 STRCAT(msg_buf, _(" (Interrupted)"));
3340 if (msg(msg_buf))
3341 {
Bram Moolenaar238a5642006-02-21 22:12:05 +00003342 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0);
Bram Moolenaar7df2d662005-01-25 22:18:08 +00003343 keep_msg_more = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003344 }
3345 }
3346}
3347
3348/*
3349 * flush map and typeahead buffers and give a warning for an error
3350 */
3351 void
3352beep_flush()
3353{
3354 if (emsg_silent == 0)
3355 {
3356 flush_buffers(FALSE);
3357 vim_beep();
3358 }
3359}
3360
3361/*
3362 * give a warning for an error
3363 */
3364 void
3365vim_beep()
3366{
3367 if (emsg_silent == 0)
3368 {
3369 if (p_vb
3370#ifdef FEAT_GUI
3371 /* While the GUI is starting up the termcap is set for the GUI
3372 * but the output still goes to a terminal. */
3373 && !(gui.in_use && gui.starting)
3374#endif
3375 )
3376 {
3377 out_str(T_VB);
3378 }
3379 else
3380 {
3381#ifdef MSDOS
3382 /*
3383 * The number of beeps outputted is reduced to avoid having to wait
3384 * for all the beeps to finish. This is only a problem on systems
3385 * where the beeps don't overlap.
3386 */
3387 if (beep_count == 0 || beep_count == 10)
3388 {
3389 out_char(BELL);
3390 beep_count = 1;
3391 }
3392 else
3393 ++beep_count;
3394#else
3395 out_char(BELL);
3396#endif
3397 }
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +00003398
3399 /* When 'verbose' is set and we are sourcing a script or executing a
3400 * function give the user a hint where the beep comes from. */
3401 if (vim_strchr(p_debug, 'e') != NULL)
3402 {
3403 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
3404 msg_attr((char_u *)_("Beep!"), hl_attr(HLF_W));
3405 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003406 }
3407}
3408
3409/*
3410 * To get the "real" home directory:
3411 * - get value of $HOME
3412 * For Unix:
3413 * - go to that directory
3414 * - do mch_dirname() to get the real name of that directory.
3415 * This also works with mounts and links.
3416 * Don't do this for MS-DOS, it will change the "current dir" for a drive.
3417 */
3418static char_u *homedir = NULL;
3419
3420 void
3421init_homedir()
3422{
3423 char_u *var;
3424
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003425 /* In case we are called a second time (when 'encoding' changes). */
3426 vim_free(homedir);
3427 homedir = NULL;
3428
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003429#ifdef VMS
3430 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
3431#else
3432 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
3433#endif
3434
3435 if (var != NULL && *var == NUL) /* empty is same as not set */
3436 var = NULL;
3437
3438#ifdef WIN3264
3439 /*
3440 * Weird but true: $HOME may contain an indirect reference to another
3441 * variable, esp. "%USERPROFILE%". Happens when $USERPROFILE isn't set
3442 * when $HOME is being set.
3443 */
3444 if (var != NULL && *var == '%')
3445 {
3446 char_u *p;
3447 char_u *exp;
3448
3449 p = vim_strchr(var + 1, '%');
3450 if (p != NULL)
3451 {
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003452 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, var + 1, p - (var + 1));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003453 exp = mch_getenv(NameBuff);
3454 if (exp != NULL && *exp != NUL
3455 && STRLEN(exp) + STRLEN(p) < MAXPATHL)
3456 {
Bram Moolenaar555b2802005-05-19 21:08:39 +00003457 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%s%s", exp, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003458 var = NameBuff;
3459 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
3460 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
3461 }
3462 }
3463 }
3464
3465 /*
3466 * Typically, $HOME is not defined on Windows, unless the user has
3467 * specifically defined it for Vim's sake. However, on Windows NT
3468 * platforms, $HOMEDRIVE and $HOMEPATH are automatically defined for
3469 * each user. Try constructing $HOME from these.
3470 */
3471 if (var == NULL)
3472 {
3473 char_u *homedrive, *homepath;
3474
3475 homedrive = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEDRIVE");
3476 homepath = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEPATH");
Bram Moolenaar6f977012010-01-06 17:53:38 +01003477 if (homepath == NULL || *homepath == NUL)
3478 homepath = "\\";
3479 if (homedrive != NULL
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003480 && STRLEN(homedrive) + STRLEN(homepath) < MAXPATHL)
3481 {
3482 sprintf((char *)NameBuff, "%s%s", homedrive, homepath);
3483 if (NameBuff[0] != NUL)
3484 {
3485 var = NameBuff;
3486 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
3487 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
3488 }
3489 }
3490 }
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003491
3492# if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
3493 if (enc_utf8 && var != NULL)
3494 {
3495 int len;
3496 char_u *pp;
3497
3498 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
3499 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003500 acp_to_enc(var, (int)STRLEN(var), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003501 if (pp != NULL)
3502 {
3503 homedir = pp;
3504 return;
3505 }
3506 }
3507# endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003508#endif
3509
3510#if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
3511 /*
3512 * Default home dir is C:/
3513 * Best assumption we can make in such a situation.
3514 */
3515 if (var == NULL)
3516 var = "C:/";
3517#endif
3518 if (var != NULL)
3519 {
3520#ifdef UNIX
3521 /*
3522 * Change to the directory and get the actual path. This resolves
3523 * links. Don't do it when we can't return.
3524 */
3525 if (mch_dirname(NameBuff, MAXPATHL) == OK
3526 && mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) == 0)
3527 {
3528 if (!mch_chdir((char *)var) && mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE) == OK)
3529 var = IObuff;
3530 if (mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) != 0)
3531 EMSG(_(e_prev_dir));
3532 }
3533#endif
3534 homedir = vim_strsave(var);
3535 }
3536}
3537
Bram Moolenaarf461c8e2005-06-25 23:04:51 +00003538#if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
3539 void
3540free_homedir()
3541{
3542 vim_free(homedir);
3543}
3544#endif
3545
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003546/*
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003547 * Call expand_env() and store the result in an allocated string.
3548 * This is not very memory efficient, this expects the result to be freed
3549 * again soon.
3550 */
3551 char_u *
3552expand_env_save(src)
3553 char_u *src;
3554{
3555 return expand_env_save_opt(src, FALSE);
3556}
3557
3558/*
3559 * Idem, but when "one" is TRUE handle the string as one file name, only
3560 * expand "~" at the start.
3561 */
3562 char_u *
3563expand_env_save_opt(src, one)
3564 char_u *src;
3565 int one;
3566{
3567 char_u *p;
3568
3569 p = alloc(MAXPATHL);
3570 if (p != NULL)
3571 expand_env_esc(src, p, MAXPATHL, FALSE, one, NULL);
3572 return p;
3573}
3574
3575/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003576 * Expand environment variable with path name.
3577 * "~/" is also expanded, using $HOME. For Unix "~user/" is expanded.
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003578 * Skips over "\ ", "\~" and "\$" (not for Win32 though).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003579 * If anything fails no expansion is done and dst equals src.
3580 */
3581 void
3582expand_env(src, dst, dstlen)
3583 char_u *src; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
3584 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
3585 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
3586{
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003587 expand_env_esc(src, dst, dstlen, FALSE, FALSE, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003588}
3589
3590 void
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003591expand_env_esc(srcp, dst, dstlen, esc, one, startstr)
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003592 char_u *srcp; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003593 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
3594 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
3595 int esc; /* escape spaces in expanded variables */
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003596 int one; /* "srcp" is one file name */
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003597 char_u *startstr; /* start again after this (can be NULL) */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003598{
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003599 char_u *src;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003600 char_u *tail;
3601 int c;
3602 char_u *var;
3603 int copy_char;
3604 int mustfree; /* var was allocated, need to free it later */
3605 int at_start = TRUE; /* at start of a name */
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003606 int startstr_len = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003607
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003608 if (startstr != NULL)
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003609 startstr_len = (int)STRLEN(startstr);
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003610
3611 src = skipwhite(srcp);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003612 --dstlen; /* leave one char space for "\," */
3613 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
3614 {
3615 copy_char = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003616 if ((*src == '$'
3617#ifdef VMS
3618 && at_start
3619#endif
3620 )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003621#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
3622 || *src == '%'
3623#endif
3624 || (*src == '~' && at_start))
3625 {
3626 mustfree = FALSE;
3627
3628 /*
3629 * The variable name is copied into dst temporarily, because it may
3630 * be a string in read-only memory and a NUL needs to be appended.
3631 */
3632 if (*src != '~') /* environment var */
3633 {
3634 tail = src + 1;
3635 var = dst;
3636 c = dstlen - 1;
3637
3638#ifdef UNIX
3639 /* Unix has ${var-name} type environment vars */
3640 if (*tail == '{' && !vim_isIDc('{'))
3641 {
3642 tail++; /* ignore '{' */
3643 while (c-- > 0 && *tail && *tail != '}')
3644 *var++ = *tail++;
3645 }
3646 else
3647#endif
3648 {
3649 while (c-- > 0 && *tail != NUL && ((vim_isIDc(*tail))
3650#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
3651 || (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
3652#endif
3653 ))
3654 {
3655#ifdef OS2 /* env vars only in uppercase */
3656 *var++ = TOUPPER_LOC(*tail);
3657 tail++; /* toupper() may be a macro! */
3658#else
3659 *var++ = *tail++;
3660#endif
3661 }
3662 }
3663
3664#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
3665# ifdef UNIX
3666 if (src[1] == '{' && *tail != '}')
3667# else
3668 if (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
3669# endif
3670 var = NULL;
3671 else
3672 {
3673# ifdef UNIX
3674 if (src[1] == '{')
3675# else
3676 if (*src == '%')
3677#endif
3678 ++tail;
3679#endif
3680 *var = NUL;
3681 var = vim_getenv(dst, &mustfree);
3682#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
3683 }
3684#endif
3685 }
3686 /* home directory */
3687 else if ( src[1] == NUL
3688 || vim_ispathsep(src[1])
3689 || vim_strchr((char_u *)" ,\t\n", src[1]) != NULL)
3690 {
3691 var = homedir;
3692 tail = src + 1;
3693 }
3694 else /* user directory */
3695 {
3696#if defined(UNIX) || (defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME))
3697 /*
3698 * Copy ~user to dst[], so we can put a NUL after it.
3699 */
3700 tail = src;
3701 var = dst;
3702 c = dstlen - 1;
3703 while ( c-- > 0
3704 && *tail
3705 && vim_isfilec(*tail)
3706 && !vim_ispathsep(*tail))
3707 *var++ = *tail++;
3708 *var = NUL;
3709# ifdef UNIX
3710 /*
3711 * If the system supports getpwnam(), use it.
3712 * Otherwise, or if getpwnam() fails, the shell is used to
3713 * expand ~user. This is slower and may fail if the shell
3714 * does not support ~user (old versions of /bin/sh).
3715 */
3716# if defined(HAVE_GETPWNAM) && defined(HAVE_PWD_H)
3717 {
3718 struct passwd *pw;
3719
Bram Moolenaara40ceaf2006-01-13 22:35:40 +00003720 /* Note: memory allocated by getpwnam() is never freed.
3721 * Calling endpwent() apparently doesn't help. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003722 pw = getpwnam((char *)dst + 1);
3723 if (pw != NULL)
3724 var = (char_u *)pw->pw_dir;
3725 else
3726 var = NULL;
3727 }
3728 if (var == NULL)
3729# endif
3730 {
3731 expand_T xpc;
3732
3733 ExpandInit(&xpc);
3734 xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_FILES;
3735 var = ExpandOne(&xpc, dst, NULL,
3736 WILD_ADD_SLASH|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003737 mustfree = TRUE;
3738 }
3739
3740# else /* !UNIX, thus VMS */
3741 /*
3742 * USER_HOME is a comma-separated list of
3743 * directories to search for the user account in.
3744 */
3745 {
3746 char_u test[MAXPATHL], paths[MAXPATHL];
3747 char_u *path, *next_path, *ptr;
3748 struct stat st;
3749
3750 STRCPY(paths, USER_HOME);
3751 next_path = paths;
3752 while (*next_path)
3753 {
3754 for (path = next_path; *next_path && *next_path != ',';
3755 next_path++);
3756 if (*next_path)
3757 *next_path++ = NUL;
3758 STRCPY(test, path);
3759 STRCAT(test, "/");
3760 STRCAT(test, dst + 1);
3761 if (mch_stat(test, &st) == 0)
3762 {
3763 var = alloc(STRLEN(test) + 1);
3764 STRCPY(var, test);
3765 mustfree = TRUE;
3766 break;
3767 }
3768 }
3769 }
3770# endif /* UNIX */
3771#else
3772 /* cannot expand user's home directory, so don't try */
3773 var = NULL;
3774 tail = (char_u *)""; /* for gcc */
3775#endif /* UNIX || VMS */
3776 }
3777
3778#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
3779 /* If 'shellslash' is set change backslashes to forward slashes.
3780 * Can't use slash_adjust(), p_ssl may be set temporarily. */
3781 if (p_ssl && var != NULL && vim_strchr(var, '\\') != NULL)
3782 {
3783 char_u *p = vim_strsave(var);
3784
3785 if (p != NULL)
3786 {
3787 if (mustfree)
3788 vim_free(var);
3789 var = p;
3790 mustfree = TRUE;
3791 forward_slash(var);
3792 }
3793 }
3794#endif
3795
3796 /* If "var" contains white space, escape it with a backslash.
3797 * Required for ":e ~/tt" when $HOME includes a space. */
3798 if (esc && var != NULL && vim_strpbrk(var, (char_u *)" \t") != NULL)
3799 {
3800 char_u *p = vim_strsave_escaped(var, (char_u *)" \t");
3801
3802 if (p != NULL)
3803 {
3804 if (mustfree)
3805 vim_free(var);
3806 var = p;
3807 mustfree = TRUE;
3808 }
3809 }
3810
3811 if (var != NULL && *var != NUL
3812 && (STRLEN(var) + STRLEN(tail) + 1 < (unsigned)dstlen))
3813 {
3814 STRCPY(dst, var);
3815 dstlen -= (int)STRLEN(var);
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003816 c = (int)STRLEN(var);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003817 /* if var[] ends in a path separator and tail[] starts
3818 * with it, skip a character */
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003819 if (*var != NUL && after_pathsep(dst, dst + c)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003820#if defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME) || defined(AMIGA)
3821 && dst[-1] != ':'
3822#endif
3823 && vim_ispathsep(*tail))
3824 ++tail;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003825 dst += c;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003826 src = tail;
3827 copy_char = FALSE;
3828 }
3829 if (mustfree)
3830 vim_free(var);
3831 }
3832
3833 if (copy_char) /* copy at least one char */
3834 {
3835 /*
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003836 * Recognize the start of a new name, for '~'.
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003837 * Don't do this when "one" is TRUE, to avoid expanding "~" in
3838 * ":edit foo ~ foo".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003839 */
3840 at_start = FALSE;
3841 if (src[0] == '\\' && src[1] != NUL)
3842 {
3843 *dst++ = *src++;
3844 --dstlen;
3845 }
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003846 else if ((src[0] == ' ' || src[0] == ',') && !one)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003847 at_start = TRUE;
3848 *dst++ = *src++;
3849 --dstlen;
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003850
3851 if (startstr != NULL && src - startstr_len >= srcp
3852 && STRNCMP(src - startstr_len, startstr, startstr_len) == 0)
3853 at_start = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003854 }
3855 }
3856 *dst = NUL;
3857}
3858
3859/*
3860 * Vim's version of getenv().
3861 * Special handling of $HOME, $VIM and $VIMRUNTIME.
Bram Moolenaar2f6b0b82005-03-08 22:43:10 +00003862 * Also does ACP to 'enc' conversion for Win32.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003863 */
3864 char_u *
3865vim_getenv(name, mustfree)
3866 char_u *name;
3867 int *mustfree; /* set to TRUE when returned is allocated */
3868{
3869 char_u *p;
3870 char_u *pend;
3871 int vimruntime;
3872
3873#if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
3874 /* use "C:/" when $HOME is not set */
3875 if (STRCMP(name, "HOME") == 0)
3876 return homedir;
3877#endif
3878
3879 p = mch_getenv(name);
3880 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
3881 p = NULL;
3882
3883 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003884 {
3885#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
3886 if (enc_utf8)
3887 {
3888 int len;
3889 char_u *pp;
3890
3891 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
3892 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003893 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003894 if (pp != NULL)
3895 {
3896 p = pp;
3897 *mustfree = TRUE;
3898 }
3899 }
3900#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003901 return p;
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003902 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003903
3904 vimruntime = (STRCMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0);
3905 if (!vimruntime && STRCMP(name, "VIM") != 0)
3906 return NULL;
3907
3908 /*
3909 * When expanding $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using $VIM/vim<version> or $VIM.
3910 * Don't do this when default_vimruntime_dir is non-empty.
3911 */
3912 if (vimruntime
3913#ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
3914 && *default_vimruntime_dir == NUL
3915#endif
3916 )
3917 {
3918 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
3919 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
3920 p = NULL;
3921 if (p != NULL)
3922 {
3923 p = vim_version_dir(p);
3924 if (p != NULL)
3925 *mustfree = TRUE;
3926 else
3927 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003928
3929#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
3930 if (enc_utf8)
3931 {
3932 int len;
3933 char_u *pp;
3934
3935 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions
3936 * are not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII
3937 * characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003938 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003939 if (pp != NULL)
3940 {
3941 if (mustfree)
3942 vim_free(p);
3943 p = pp;
3944 *mustfree = TRUE;
3945 }
3946 }
3947#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003948 }
3949 }
3950
3951 /*
3952 * When expanding $VIM or $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using:
3953 * - the directory name from 'helpfile' (unless it contains '$')
3954 * - the executable name from argv[0]
3955 */
3956 if (p == NULL)
3957 {
3958 if (p_hf != NULL && vim_strchr(p_hf, '$') == NULL)
3959 p = p_hf;
3960#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
3961 /*
3962 * Use the name of the executable, obtained from argv[0].
3963 */
3964 else
3965 p = exe_name;
3966#endif
3967 if (p != NULL)
3968 {
3969 /* remove the file name */
3970 pend = gettail(p);
3971
3972 /* remove "doc/" from 'helpfile', if present */
3973 if (p == p_hf)
3974 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"doc");
3975
3976#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
3977# ifdef MACOS_X
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003978 /* remove "MacOS" from exe_name and add "Resources/vim" */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003979 if (p == exe_name)
3980 {
3981 char_u *pend1;
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003982 char_u *pnew;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003983
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003984 pend1 = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"MacOS");
3985 if (pend1 != pend)
3986 {
3987 pnew = alloc((unsigned)(pend1 - p) + 15);
3988 if (pnew != NULL)
3989 {
3990 STRNCPY(pnew, p, (pend1 - p));
3991 STRCPY(pnew + (pend1 - p), "Resources/vim");
3992 p = pnew;
3993 pend = p + STRLEN(p);
3994 }
3995 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003996 }
3997# endif
3998 /* remove "src/" from exe_name, if present */
3999 if (p == exe_name)
4000 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"src");
4001#endif
4002
4003 /* for $VIM, remove "runtime/" or "vim54/", if present */
4004 if (!vimruntime)
4005 {
4006 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME);
4007 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT);
4008 }
4009
4010 /* remove trailing path separator */
4011#ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC
4012 /* With MacOS path (with colons) the final colon is required */
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00004013 /* to avoid confusion between absolute and relative path */
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004014 if (pend > p && after_pathsep(p, pend))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004015 --pend;
4016#endif
4017
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00004018#ifdef MACOS_X
4019 if (p == exe_name || p == p_hf)
4020#endif
4021 /* check that the result is a directory name */
4022 p = vim_strnsave(p, (int)(pend - p));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004023
4024 if (p != NULL && !mch_isdir(p))
4025 {
4026 vim_free(p);
4027 p = NULL;
4028 }
4029 else
4030 {
4031#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
4032 /* may add "/vim54" or "/runtime" if it exists */
4033 if (vimruntime && (pend = vim_version_dir(p)) != NULL)
4034 {
4035 vim_free(p);
4036 p = pend;
4037 }
4038#endif
4039 *mustfree = TRUE;
4040 }
4041 }
4042 }
4043
4044#ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
4045 /* When there is a pathdef.c file we can use default_vim_dir and
4046 * default_vimruntime_dir */
4047 if (p == NULL)
4048 {
4049 /* Only use default_vimruntime_dir when it is not empty */
4050 if (vimruntime && *default_vimruntime_dir != NUL)
4051 {
4052 p = default_vimruntime_dir;
4053 *mustfree = FALSE;
4054 }
4055 else if (*default_vim_dir != NUL)
4056 {
4057 if (vimruntime && (p = vim_version_dir(default_vim_dir)) != NULL)
4058 *mustfree = TRUE;
4059 else
4060 {
4061 p = default_vim_dir;
4062 *mustfree = FALSE;
4063 }
4064 }
4065 }
4066#endif
4067
4068 /*
4069 * Set the environment variable, so that the new value can be found fast
4070 * next time, and others can also use it (e.g. Perl).
4071 */
4072 if (p != NULL)
4073 {
4074 if (vimruntime)
4075 {
4076 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", p);
4077 didset_vimruntime = TRUE;
4078#ifdef FEAT_GETTEXT
4079 {
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004080 char_u *buf = concat_str(p, (char_u *)"/lang");
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004081
4082 if (buf != NULL)
4083 {
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004084 bindtextdomain(VIMPACKAGE, (char *)buf);
4085 vim_free(buf);
4086 }
4087 }
4088#endif
4089 }
4090 else
4091 {
4092 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIM", p);
4093 didset_vim = TRUE;
4094 }
4095 }
4096 return p;
4097}
4098
4099/*
4100 * Check if the directory "vimdir/<version>" or "vimdir/runtime" exists.
4101 * Return NULL if not, return its name in allocated memory otherwise.
4102 */
4103 static char_u *
4104vim_version_dir(vimdir)
4105 char_u *vimdir;
4106{
4107 char_u *p;
4108
4109 if (vimdir == NULL || *vimdir == NUL)
4110 return NULL;
4111 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT, TRUE);
4112 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
4113 return p;
4114 vim_free(p);
4115 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME, TRUE);
4116 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
4117 return p;
4118 vim_free(p);
4119 return NULL;
4120}
4121
4122/*
4123 * If the string between "p" and "pend" ends in "name/", return "pend" minus
4124 * the length of "name/". Otherwise return "pend".
4125 */
4126 static char_u *
4127remove_tail(p, pend, name)
4128 char_u *p;
4129 char_u *pend;
4130 char_u *name;
4131{
4132 int len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 1;
4133 char_u *newend = pend - len;
4134
4135 if (newend >= p
4136 && fnamencmp(newend, name, len - 1) == 0
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004137 && (newend == p || after_pathsep(p, newend)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004138 return newend;
4139 return pend;
4140}
4141
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004142/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004143 * Our portable version of setenv.
4144 */
4145 void
4146vim_setenv(name, val)
4147 char_u *name;
4148 char_u *val;
4149{
4150#ifdef HAVE_SETENV
4151 mch_setenv((char *)name, (char *)val, 1);
4152#else
4153 char_u *envbuf;
4154
4155 /*
4156 * Putenv does not copy the string, it has to remain
4157 * valid. The allocated memory will never be freed.
4158 */
4159 envbuf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + STRLEN(val) + 2));
4160 if (envbuf != NULL)
4161 {
4162 sprintf((char *)envbuf, "%s=%s", name, val);
4163 putenv((char *)envbuf);
4164 }
4165#endif
4166}
4167
4168#if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
4169/*
4170 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain an environment variable name.
4171 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004172 char_u *
4173get_env_name(xp, idx)
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00004174 expand_T *xp UNUSED;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004175 int idx;
4176{
4177# if defined(AMIGA) || defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__)
4178 /*
4179 * No environ[] on the Amiga and on the Mac (using MPW).
4180 */
4181 return NULL;
4182# else
4183# ifndef __WIN32__
4184 /* Borland C++ 5.2 has this in a header file. */
4185 extern char **environ;
4186# endif
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00004187# define ENVNAMELEN 100
4188 static char_u name[ENVNAMELEN];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004189 char_u *str;
4190 int n;
4191
4192 str = (char_u *)environ[idx];
4193 if (str == NULL)
4194 return NULL;
4195
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00004196 for (n = 0; n < ENVNAMELEN - 1; ++n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004197 {
4198 if (str[n] == '=' || str[n] == NUL)
4199 break;
4200 name[n] = str[n];
4201 }
4202 name[n] = NUL;
4203 return name;
4204# endif
4205}
4206#endif
4207
4208/*
4209 * Replace home directory by "~" in each space or comma separated file name in
4210 * 'src'.
4211 * If anything fails (except when out of space) dst equals src.
4212 */
4213 void
4214home_replace(buf, src, dst, dstlen, one)
4215 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
4216 char_u *src; /* input file name */
4217 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
4218 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
4219 int one; /* if TRUE, only replace one file name, include
4220 spaces and commas in the file name. */
4221{
4222 size_t dirlen = 0, envlen = 0;
4223 size_t len;
4224 char_u *homedir_env;
4225 char_u *p;
4226
4227 if (src == NULL)
4228 {
4229 *dst = NUL;
4230 return;
4231 }
4232
4233 /*
4234 * If the file is a help file, remove the path completely.
4235 */
4236 if (buf != NULL && buf->b_help)
4237 {
4238 STRCPY(dst, gettail(src));
4239 return;
4240 }
4241
4242 /*
4243 * We check both the value of the $HOME environment variable and the
4244 * "real" home directory.
4245 */
4246 if (homedir != NULL)
4247 dirlen = STRLEN(homedir);
4248
4249#ifdef VMS
4250 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
4251#else
4252 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
4253#endif
4254
4255 if (homedir_env != NULL && *homedir_env == NUL)
4256 homedir_env = NULL;
4257 if (homedir_env != NULL)
4258 envlen = STRLEN(homedir_env);
4259
4260 if (!one)
4261 src = skipwhite(src);
4262 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
4263 {
4264 /*
4265 * Here we are at the beginning of a file name.
4266 * First, check to see if the beginning of the file name matches
4267 * $HOME or the "real" home directory. Check that there is a '/'
4268 * after the match (so that if e.g. the file is "/home/pieter/bla",
4269 * and the home directory is "/home/piet", the file does not end up
4270 * as "~er/bla" (which would seem to indicate the file "bla" in user
4271 * er's home directory)).
4272 */
4273 p = homedir;
4274 len = dirlen;
4275 for (;;)
4276 {
4277 if ( len
4278 && fnamencmp(src, p, len) == 0
4279 && (vim_ispathsep(src[len])
4280 || (!one && (src[len] == ',' || src[len] == ' '))
4281 || src[len] == NUL))
4282 {
4283 src += len;
4284 if (--dstlen > 0)
4285 *dst++ = '~';
4286
4287 /*
4288 * If it's just the home directory, add "/".
4289 */
4290 if (!vim_ispathsep(src[0]) && --dstlen > 0)
4291 *dst++ = '/';
4292 break;
4293 }
4294 if (p == homedir_env)
4295 break;
4296 p = homedir_env;
4297 len = envlen;
4298 }
4299
4300 /* if (!one) skip to separator: space or comma */
4301 while (*src && (one || (*src != ',' && *src != ' ')) && --dstlen > 0)
4302 *dst++ = *src++;
4303 /* skip separator */
4304 while ((*src == ' ' || *src == ',') && --dstlen > 0)
4305 *dst++ = *src++;
4306 }
4307 /* if (dstlen == 0) out of space, what to do??? */
4308
4309 *dst = NUL;
4310}
4311
4312/*
4313 * Like home_replace, store the replaced string in allocated memory.
4314 * When something fails, NULL is returned.
4315 */
4316 char_u *
4317home_replace_save(buf, src)
4318 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
4319 char_u *src; /* input file name */
4320{
4321 char_u *dst;
4322 unsigned len;
4323
4324 len = 3; /* space for "~/" and trailing NUL */
4325 if (src != NULL) /* just in case */
4326 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(src);
4327 dst = alloc(len);
4328 if (dst != NULL)
4329 home_replace(buf, src, dst, len, TRUE);
4330 return dst;
4331}
4332
4333/*
4334 * Compare two file names and return:
4335 * FPC_SAME if they both exist and are the same file.
4336 * FPC_SAMEX if they both don't exist and have the same file name.
4337 * FPC_DIFF if they both exist and are different files.
4338 * FPC_NOTX if they both don't exist.
4339 * FPC_DIFFX if one of them doesn't exist.
4340 * For the first name environment variables are expanded
4341 */
4342 int
4343fullpathcmp(s1, s2, checkname)
4344 char_u *s1, *s2;
4345 int checkname; /* when both don't exist, check file names */
4346{
4347#ifdef UNIX
4348 char_u exp1[MAXPATHL];
4349 char_u full1[MAXPATHL];
4350 char_u full2[MAXPATHL];
4351 struct stat st1, st2;
4352 int r1, r2;
4353
4354 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
4355 r1 = mch_stat((char *)exp1, &st1);
4356 r2 = mch_stat((char *)s2, &st2);
4357 if (r1 != 0 && r2 != 0)
4358 {
4359 /* if mch_stat() doesn't work, may compare the names */
4360 if (checkname)
4361 {
4362 if (fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
4363 return FPC_SAMEX;
4364 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4365 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4366 if (r1 == OK && r2 == OK && fnamecmp(full1, full2) == 0)
4367 return FPC_SAMEX;
4368 }
4369 return FPC_NOTX;
4370 }
4371 if (r1 != 0 || r2 != 0)
4372 return FPC_DIFFX;
4373 if (st1.st_dev == st2.st_dev && st1.st_ino == st2.st_ino)
4374 return FPC_SAME;
4375 return FPC_DIFF;
4376#else
4377 char_u *exp1; /* expanded s1 */
4378 char_u *full1; /* full path of s1 */
4379 char_u *full2; /* full path of s2 */
4380 int retval = FPC_DIFF;
4381 int r1, r2;
4382
4383 /* allocate one buffer to store three paths (alloc()/free() is slow!) */
4384 if ((exp1 = alloc(MAXPATHL * 3)) != NULL)
4385 {
4386 full1 = exp1 + MAXPATHL;
4387 full2 = full1 + MAXPATHL;
4388
4389 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
4390 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4391 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4392
4393 /* If vim_FullName() fails, the file probably doesn't exist. */
4394 if (r1 != OK && r2 != OK)
4395 {
4396 if (checkname && fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
4397 retval = FPC_SAMEX;
4398 else
4399 retval = FPC_NOTX;
4400 }
4401 else if (r1 != OK || r2 != OK)
4402 retval = FPC_DIFFX;
4403 else if (fnamecmp(full1, full2))
4404 retval = FPC_DIFF;
4405 else
4406 retval = FPC_SAME;
4407 vim_free(exp1);
4408 }
4409 return retval;
4410#endif
4411}
4412
4413/*
Bram Moolenaarf4b8e572004-06-24 15:53:16 +00004414 * Get the tail of a path: the file name.
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02004415 * When the path ends in a path separator the tail is the NUL after it.
Bram Moolenaarf4b8e572004-06-24 15:53:16 +00004416 * Fail safe: never returns NULL.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004417 */
4418 char_u *
4419gettail(fname)
4420 char_u *fname;
4421{
4422 char_u *p1, *p2;
4423
4424 if (fname == NULL)
4425 return (char_u *)"";
4426 for (p1 = p2 = fname; *p2; ) /* find last part of path */
4427 {
4428 if (vim_ispathsep(*p2))
4429 p1 = p2 + 1;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004430 mb_ptr_adv(p2);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004431 }
4432 return p1;
4433}
4434
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02004435#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
4436static char_u *gettail_dir __ARGS((char_u *fname));
4437
4438/*
4439 * Return the end of the directory name, on the first path
4440 * separator:
4441 * "/path/file", "/path/dir/", "/path//dir", "/file"
4442 * ^ ^ ^ ^
4443 */
4444 static char_u *
4445gettail_dir(fname)
4446 char_u *fname;
4447{
4448 char_u *dir_end = fname;
4449 char_u *next_dir_end = fname;
4450 int look_for_sep = TRUE;
4451 char_u *p;
4452
4453 for (p = fname; *p != NUL; )
4454 {
4455 if (vim_ispathsep(*p))
4456 {
4457 if (look_for_sep)
4458 {
4459 next_dir_end = p;
4460 look_for_sep = FALSE;
4461 }
4462 }
4463 else
4464 {
4465 if (!look_for_sep)
4466 dir_end = next_dir_end;
4467 look_for_sep = TRUE;
4468 }
4469 mb_ptr_adv(p);
4470 }
4471 return dir_end;
4472}
4473#endif
4474
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004475/*
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004476 * Get pointer to tail of "fname", including path separators. Putting a NUL
4477 * here leaves the directory name. Takes care of "c:/" and "//".
4478 * Always returns a valid pointer.
4479 */
4480 char_u *
4481gettail_sep(fname)
4482 char_u *fname;
4483{
4484 char_u *p;
4485 char_u *t;
4486
4487 p = get_past_head(fname); /* don't remove the '/' from "c:/file" */
4488 t = gettail(fname);
4489 while (t > p && after_pathsep(fname, t))
4490 --t;
4491#ifdef VMS
4492 /* path separator is part of the path */
4493 ++t;
4494#endif
4495 return t;
4496}
4497
4498/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004499 * get the next path component (just after the next path separator).
4500 */
4501 char_u *
4502getnextcomp(fname)
4503 char_u *fname;
4504{
4505 while (*fname && !vim_ispathsep(*fname))
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004506 mb_ptr_adv(fname);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004507 if (*fname)
4508 ++fname;
4509 return fname;
4510}
4511
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004512/*
4513 * Get a pointer to one character past the head of a path name.
4514 * Unix: after "/"; DOS: after "c:\"; Amiga: after "disk:/"; Mac: no head.
4515 * If there is no head, path is returned.
4516 */
4517 char_u *
4518get_past_head(path)
4519 char_u *path;
4520{
4521 char_u *retval;
4522
4523#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
4524 /* may skip "c:" */
4525 if (isalpha(path[0]) && path[1] == ':')
4526 retval = path + 2;
4527 else
4528 retval = path;
4529#else
4530# if defined(AMIGA)
4531 /* may skip "label:" */
4532 retval = vim_strchr(path, ':');
4533 if (retval == NULL)
4534 retval = path;
4535# else /* Unix */
4536 retval = path;
4537# endif
4538#endif
4539
4540 while (vim_ispathsep(*retval))
4541 ++retval;
4542
4543 return retval;
4544}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004545
4546/*
4547 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path separator.
4548 */
4549 int
4550vim_ispathsep(c)
4551 int c;
4552{
4553#ifdef RISCOS
4554 return (c == '.' || c == ':');
4555#else
4556# ifdef UNIX
4557 return (c == '/'); /* UNIX has ':' inside file names */
4558# else
4559# ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
4560 return (c == ':' || c == '/' || c == '\\');
4561# else
4562# ifdef VMS
4563 /* server"user passwd"::device:[full.path.name]fname.extension;version" */
4564 return (c == ':' || c == '[' || c == ']' || c == '/'
4565 || c == '<' || c == '>' || c == '"' );
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00004566# else /* Amiga */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004567 return (c == ':' || c == '/');
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004568# endif /* VMS */
4569# endif
4570# endif
4571#endif /* RISC OS */
4572}
4573
4574#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO)
4575/*
4576 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path list separator.
4577 */
4578 int
4579vim_ispathlistsep(c)
4580 int c;
4581{
4582#ifdef UNIX
4583 return (c == ':');
4584#else
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00004585 return (c == ';'); /* might not be right for every system... */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004586#endif
4587}
4588#endif
4589
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00004590#if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) \
4591 || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
4592/*
4593 * Shorten the path of a file from "~/foo/../.bar/fname" to "~/f/../.b/fname"
4594 * It's done in-place.
4595 */
4596 void
4597shorten_dir(str)
4598 char_u *str;
4599{
4600 char_u *tail, *s, *d;
4601 int skip = FALSE;
4602
4603 tail = gettail(str);
4604 d = str;
4605 for (s = str; ; ++s)
4606 {
4607 if (s >= tail) /* copy the whole tail */
4608 {
4609 *d++ = *s;
4610 if (*s == NUL)
4611 break;
4612 }
4613 else if (vim_ispathsep(*s)) /* copy '/' and next char */
4614 {
4615 *d++ = *s;
4616 skip = FALSE;
4617 }
4618 else if (!skip)
4619 {
4620 *d++ = *s; /* copy next char */
4621 if (*s != '~' && *s != '.') /* and leading "~" and "." */
4622 skip = TRUE;
4623# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4624 if (has_mbyte)
4625 {
4626 int l = mb_ptr2len(s);
4627
4628 while (--l > 0)
Bram Moolenaarb6baca52006-08-15 20:24:14 +00004629 *d++ = *++s;
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00004630 }
4631# endif
4632 }
4633 }
4634}
4635#endif
4636
Bram Moolenaar900b4d72005-12-12 22:05:50 +00004637/*
4638 * Return TRUE if the directory of "fname" exists, FALSE otherwise.
4639 * Also returns TRUE if there is no directory name.
4640 * "fname" must be writable!.
4641 */
4642 int
4643dir_of_file_exists(fname)
4644 char_u *fname;
4645{
4646 char_u *p;
4647 int c;
4648 int retval;
4649
4650 p = gettail_sep(fname);
4651 if (p == fname)
4652 return TRUE;
4653 c = *p;
4654 *p = NUL;
4655 retval = mch_isdir(fname);
4656 *p = c;
4657 return retval;
4658}
4659
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004660#if (defined(CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME) && defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME)) \
4661 || defined(PROTO)
4662/*
4663 * Versions of fnamecmp() and fnamencmp() that handle '/' and '\' equally.
4664 */
4665 int
4666vim_fnamecmp(x, y)
4667 char_u *x, *y;
4668{
4669 return vim_fnamencmp(x, y, MAXPATHL);
4670}
4671
4672 int
4673vim_fnamencmp(x, y, len)
4674 char_u *x, *y;
4675 size_t len;
4676{
4677 while (len > 0 && *x && *y)
4678 {
4679 if (TOLOWER_LOC(*x) != TOLOWER_LOC(*y)
4680 && !(*x == '/' && *y == '\\')
4681 && !(*x == '\\' && *y == '/'))
4682 break;
4683 ++x;
4684 ++y;
4685 --len;
4686 }
4687 if (len == 0)
4688 return 0;
4689 return (*x - *y);
4690}
4691#endif
4692
4693/*
4694 * Concatenate file names fname1 and fname2 into allocated memory.
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00004695 * Only add a '/' or '\\' when 'sep' is TRUE and it is necessary.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004696 */
4697 char_u *
4698concat_fnames(fname1, fname2, sep)
4699 char_u *fname1;
4700 char_u *fname2;
4701 int sep;
4702{
4703 char_u *dest;
4704
4705 dest = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(fname1) + STRLEN(fname2) + 3));
4706 if (dest != NULL)
4707 {
4708 STRCPY(dest, fname1);
4709 if (sep)
4710 add_pathsep(dest);
4711 STRCAT(dest, fname2);
4712 }
4713 return dest;
4714}
4715
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004716/*
4717 * Concatenate two strings and return the result in allocated memory.
4718 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
4719 */
4720 char_u *
4721concat_str(str1, str2)
4722 char_u *str1;
4723 char_u *str2;
4724{
4725 char_u *dest;
4726 size_t l = STRLEN(str1);
4727
4728 dest = alloc((unsigned)(l + STRLEN(str2) + 1L));
4729 if (dest != NULL)
4730 {
4731 STRCPY(dest, str1);
4732 STRCPY(dest + l, str2);
4733 }
4734 return dest;
4735}
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004736
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004737/*
4738 * Add a path separator to a file name, unless it already ends in a path
4739 * separator.
4740 */
4741 void
4742add_pathsep(p)
4743 char_u *p;
4744{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004745 if (*p != NUL && !after_pathsep(p, p + STRLEN(p)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004746 STRCAT(p, PATHSEPSTR);
4747}
4748
4749/*
4750 * FullName_save - Make an allocated copy of a full file name.
4751 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
4752 */
4753 char_u *
4754FullName_save(fname, force)
4755 char_u *fname;
4756 int force; /* force expansion, even when it already looks
4757 like a full path name */
4758{
4759 char_u *buf;
4760 char_u *new_fname = NULL;
4761
4762 if (fname == NULL)
4763 return NULL;
4764
4765 buf = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL);
4766 if (buf != NULL)
4767 {
4768 if (vim_FullName(fname, buf, MAXPATHL, force) != FAIL)
4769 new_fname = vim_strsave(buf);
4770 else
4771 new_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
4772 vim_free(buf);
4773 }
4774 return new_fname;
4775}
4776
4777#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
4778
4779static char_u *skip_string __ARGS((char_u *p));
4780
4781/*
4782 * Find the start of a comment, not knowing if we are in a comment right now.
4783 * Search starts at w_cursor.lnum and goes backwards.
4784 */
4785 pos_T *
4786find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
4787 int ind_maxcomment;
4788{
4789 pos_T *pos;
4790 char_u *line;
4791 char_u *p;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004792 int cur_maxcomment = ind_maxcomment;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004793
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004794 for (;;)
4795 {
4796 pos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '*', FM_BACKWARD, cur_maxcomment);
4797 if (pos == NULL)
4798 break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004799
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004800 /*
4801 * Check if the comment start we found is inside a string.
4802 * If it is then restrict the search to below this line and try again.
4803 */
4804 line = ml_get(pos->lnum);
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00004805 for (p = line; *p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < pos->col; ++p)
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004806 p = skip_string(p);
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00004807 if ((colnr_T)(p - line) <= pos->col)
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004808 break;
4809 cur_maxcomment = curwin->w_cursor.lnum - pos->lnum - 1;
4810 if (cur_maxcomment <= 0)
4811 {
4812 pos = NULL;
4813 break;
4814 }
4815 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004816 return pos;
4817}
4818
4819/*
4820 * Skip to the end of a "string" and a 'c' character.
4821 * If there is no string or character, return argument unmodified.
4822 */
4823 static char_u *
4824skip_string(p)
4825 char_u *p;
4826{
4827 int i;
4828
4829 /*
4830 * We loop, because strings may be concatenated: "date""time".
4831 */
4832 for ( ; ; ++p)
4833 {
4834 if (p[0] == '\'') /* 'c' or '\n' or '\000' */
4835 {
4836 if (!p[1]) /* ' at end of line */
4837 break;
4838 i = 2;
4839 if (p[1] == '\\') /* '\n' or '\000' */
4840 {
4841 ++i;
4842 while (vim_isdigit(p[i - 1])) /* '\000' */
4843 ++i;
4844 }
4845 if (p[i] == '\'') /* check for trailing ' */
4846 {
4847 p += i;
4848 continue;
4849 }
4850 }
4851 else if (p[0] == '"') /* start of string */
4852 {
4853 for (++p; p[0]; ++p)
4854 {
4855 if (p[0] == '\\' && p[1] != NUL)
4856 ++p;
4857 else if (p[0] == '"') /* end of string */
4858 break;
4859 }
4860 if (p[0] == '"')
4861 continue;
4862 }
4863 break; /* no string found */
4864 }
4865 if (!*p)
4866 --p; /* backup from NUL */
4867 return p;
4868}
4869#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT || FEAT_SYN_HL */
4870
4871#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
4872
4873/*
4874 * Do C or expression indenting on the current line.
4875 */
4876 void
4877do_c_expr_indent()
4878{
4879# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4880 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
4881 fixthisline(get_expr_indent);
4882 else
4883# endif
4884 fixthisline(get_c_indent);
4885}
4886
4887/*
4888 * Functions for C-indenting.
4889 * Most of this originally comes from Eric Fischer.
4890 */
4891/*
4892 * Below "XXX" means that this function may unlock the current line.
4893 */
4894
4895static char_u *cin_skipcomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4896static int cin_nocode __ARGS((char_u *));
4897static pos_T *find_line_comment __ARGS((void));
4898static int cin_islabel_skip __ARGS((char_u **));
4899static int cin_isdefault __ARGS((char_u *));
4900static char_u *after_label __ARGS((char_u *l));
4901static int get_indent_nolabel __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
4902static int skip_label __ARGS((linenr_T, char_u **pp, int ind_maxcomment));
4903static int cin_first_id_amount __ARGS((void));
4904static int cin_get_equal_amount __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
4905static int cin_ispreproc __ARGS((char_u *));
4906static int cin_ispreproc_cont __ARGS((char_u **pp, linenr_T *lnump));
4907static int cin_iscomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4908static int cin_islinecomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4909static int cin_isterminated __ARGS((char_u *, int, int));
4910static int cin_isinit __ARGS((void));
4911static int cin_isfuncdecl __ARGS((char_u **, linenr_T));
4912static int cin_isif __ARGS((char_u *));
4913static int cin_iselse __ARGS((char_u *));
4914static int cin_isdo __ARGS((char_u *));
4915static int cin_iswhileofdo __ARGS((char_u *, linenr_T, int));
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004916static int cin_iswhileofdo_end __ARGS((int terminated, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004917static int cin_isbreak __ARGS((char_u *));
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00004918static int cin_is_cpp_baseclass __ARGS((colnr_T *col));
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00004919static int get_baseclass_amount __ARGS((int col, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment, int ind_cpp_baseclass));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004920static int cin_ends_in __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, char_u *));
4921static int cin_skip2pos __ARGS((pos_T *trypos));
4922static pos_T *find_start_brace __ARGS((int));
4923static pos_T *find_match_paren __ARGS((int, int));
4924static int corr_ind_maxparen __ARGS((int ind_maxparen, pos_T *startpos));
4925static int find_last_paren __ARGS((char_u *l, int start, int end));
4926static int find_match __ARGS((int lookfor, linenr_T ourscope, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
4927
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004928static int ind_hash_comment = 0; /* # starts a comment */
4929
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004930/*
4931 * Skip over white space and C comments within the line.
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004932 * Also skip over Perl/shell comments if desired.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004933 */
4934 static char_u *
4935cin_skipcomment(s)
4936 char_u *s;
4937{
4938 while (*s)
4939 {
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004940 char_u *prev_s = s;
4941
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004942 s = skipwhite(s);
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004943
4944 /* Perl/shell # comment comment continues until eol. Require a space
4945 * before # to avoid recognizing $#array. */
4946 if (ind_hash_comment != 0 && s != prev_s && *s == '#')
4947 {
4948 s += STRLEN(s);
4949 break;
4950 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004951 if (*s != '/')
4952 break;
4953 ++s;
4954 if (*s == '/') /* slash-slash comment continues till eol */
4955 {
4956 s += STRLEN(s);
4957 break;
4958 }
4959 if (*s != '*')
4960 break;
4961 for (++s; *s; ++s) /* skip slash-star comment */
4962 if (s[0] == '*' && s[1] == '/')
4963 {
4964 s += 2;
4965 break;
4966 }
4967 }
4968 return s;
4969}
4970
4971/*
4972 * Return TRUE if there there is no code at *s. White space and comments are
4973 * not considered code.
4974 */
4975 static int
4976cin_nocode(s)
4977 char_u *s;
4978{
4979 return *cin_skipcomment(s) == NUL;
4980}
4981
4982/*
4983 * Check previous lines for a "//" line comment, skipping over blank lines.
4984 */
4985 static pos_T *
4986find_line_comment() /* XXX */
4987{
4988 static pos_T pos;
4989 char_u *line;
4990 char_u *p;
4991
4992 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
4993 while (--pos.lnum > 0)
4994 {
4995 line = ml_get(pos.lnum);
4996 p = skipwhite(line);
4997 if (cin_islinecomment(p))
4998 {
4999 pos.col = (int)(p - line);
5000 return &pos;
5001 }
5002 if (*p != NUL)
5003 break;
5004 }
5005 return NULL;
5006}
5007
5008/*
5009 * Check if string matches "label:"; move to character after ':' if true.
5010 */
5011 static int
5012cin_islabel_skip(s)
5013 char_u **s;
5014{
5015 if (!vim_isIDc(**s)) /* need at least one ID character */
5016 return FALSE;
5017
5018 while (vim_isIDc(**s))
5019 (*s)++;
5020
5021 *s = cin_skipcomment(*s);
5022
5023 /* "::" is not a label, it's C++ */
5024 return (**s == ':' && *++*s != ':');
5025}
5026
5027/*
5028 * Recognize a label: "label:".
5029 * Note: curwin->w_cursor must be where we are looking for the label.
5030 */
5031 int
5032cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5033 int ind_maxcomment;
5034{
5035 char_u *s;
5036
5037 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
5038
5039 /*
5040 * Exclude "default" from labels, since it should be indented
5041 * like a switch label. Same for C++ scope declarations.
5042 */
5043 if (cin_isdefault(s))
5044 return FALSE;
5045 if (cin_isscopedecl(s))
5046 return FALSE;
5047
5048 if (cin_islabel_skip(&s))
5049 {
5050 /*
5051 * Only accept a label if the previous line is terminated or is a case
5052 * label.
5053 */
5054 pos_T cursor_save;
5055 pos_T *trypos;
5056 char_u *line;
5057
5058 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5059 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
5060 {
5061 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5062
5063 /*
5064 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
5065 */
5066 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5067 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
5068 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5069
5070 line = ml_get_curline();
5071 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) /* ignore #defines, #if, etc. */
5072 continue;
5073 if (*(line = cin_skipcomment(line)) == NUL)
5074 continue;
5075
5076 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5077 if (cin_isterminated(line, TRUE, FALSE)
5078 || cin_isscopedecl(line)
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005079 || cin_iscase(line, TRUE)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005080 || (cin_islabel_skip(&line) && cin_nocode(line)))
5081 return TRUE;
5082 return FALSE;
5083 }
5084 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5085 return TRUE; /* label at start of file??? */
5086 }
5087 return FALSE;
5088}
5089
5090/*
5091 * Recognize structure initialization and enumerations.
5092 * Q&D-Implementation:
5093 * check for "=" at end or "[typedef] enum" at beginning of line.
5094 */
5095 static int
5096cin_isinit(void)
5097{
5098 char_u *s;
5099
5100 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
5101
5102 if (STRNCMP(s, "typedef", 7) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[7]))
5103 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7);
5104
5105 if (STRNCMP(s, "enum", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
5106 return TRUE;
5107
5108 if (cin_ends_in(s, (char_u *)"=", (char_u *)"{"))
5109 return TRUE;
5110
5111 return FALSE;
5112}
5113
5114/*
5115 * Recognize a switch label: "case .*:" or "default:".
5116 */
5117 int
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005118cin_iscase(s, strict)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005119 char_u *s;
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005120 int strict; /* Allow relaxed check of case statement for JS */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005121{
5122 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5123 if (STRNCMP(s, "case", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
5124 {
5125 for (s += 4; *s; ++s)
5126 {
5127 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5128 if (*s == ':')
5129 {
5130 if (s[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
5131 ++s;
5132 else
5133 return TRUE;
5134 }
5135 if (*s == '\'' && s[1] && s[2] == '\'')
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005136 s += 2; /* skip over ':' */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005137 else if (*s == '/' && (s[1] == '*' || s[1] == '/'))
5138 return FALSE; /* stop at comment */
5139 else if (*s == '"')
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005140 {
5141 /* JS etc. */
5142 if (strict)
5143 return FALSE; /* stop at string */
5144 else
5145 return TRUE;
5146 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005147 }
5148 return FALSE;
5149 }
5150
5151 if (cin_isdefault(s))
5152 return TRUE;
5153 return FALSE;
5154}
5155
5156/*
5157 * Recognize a "default" switch label.
5158 */
5159 static int
5160cin_isdefault(s)
5161 char_u *s;
5162{
5163 return (STRNCMP(s, "default", 7) == 0
5164 && *(s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7)) == ':'
5165 && s[1] != ':');
5166}
5167
5168/*
Bram Moolenaar1a509df2010-08-01 17:59:57 +02005169 * Recognize a "public/private/protected" scope declaration label.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005170 */
5171 int
5172cin_isscopedecl(s)
5173 char_u *s;
5174{
5175 int i;
5176
5177 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5178 if (STRNCMP(s, "public", 6) == 0)
5179 i = 6;
5180 else if (STRNCMP(s, "protected", 9) == 0)
5181 i = 9;
5182 else if (STRNCMP(s, "private", 7) == 0)
5183 i = 7;
5184 else
5185 return FALSE;
5186 return (*(s = cin_skipcomment(s + i)) == ':' && s[1] != ':');
5187}
5188
5189/*
5190 * Return a pointer to the first non-empty non-comment character after a ':'.
5191 * Return NULL if not found.
5192 * case 234: a = b;
5193 * ^
5194 */
5195 static char_u *
5196after_label(l)
5197 char_u *l;
5198{
5199 for ( ; *l; ++l)
5200 {
5201 if (*l == ':')
5202 {
5203 if (l[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
5204 ++l;
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005205 else if (!cin_iscase(l + 1, FALSE))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005206 break;
5207 }
5208 else if (*l == '\'' && l[1] && l[2] == '\'')
5209 l += 2; /* skip over 'x' */
5210 }
5211 if (*l == NUL)
5212 return NULL;
5213 l = cin_skipcomment(l + 1);
5214 if (*l == NUL)
5215 return NULL;
5216 return l;
5217}
5218
5219/*
5220 * Get indent of line "lnum", skipping a label.
5221 * Return 0 if there is nothing after the label.
5222 */
5223 static int
5224get_indent_nolabel(lnum) /* XXX */
5225 linenr_T lnum;
5226{
5227 char_u *l;
5228 pos_T fp;
5229 colnr_T col;
5230 char_u *p;
5231
5232 l = ml_get(lnum);
5233 p = after_label(l);
5234 if (p == NULL)
5235 return 0;
5236
5237 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - l);
5238 fp.lnum = lnum;
5239 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5240 return (int)col;
5241}
5242
5243/*
5244 * Find indent for line "lnum", ignoring any case or jump label.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005245 * Also return a pointer to the text (after the label) in "pp".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005246 * label: if (asdf && asdfasdf)
5247 * ^
5248 */
5249 static int
5250skip_label(lnum, pp, ind_maxcomment)
5251 linenr_T lnum;
5252 char_u **pp;
5253 int ind_maxcomment;
5254{
5255 char_u *l;
5256 int amount;
5257 pos_T cursor_save;
5258
5259 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5260 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5261 l = ml_get_curline();
5262 /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005263 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l)
5264 || cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005265 {
5266 amount = get_indent_nolabel(lnum);
5267 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
5268 if (l == NULL) /* just in case */
5269 l = ml_get_curline();
5270 }
5271 else
5272 {
5273 amount = get_indent();
5274 l = ml_get_curline();
5275 }
5276 *pp = l;
5277
5278 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5279 return amount;
5280}
5281
5282/*
5283 * Return the indent of the first variable name after a type in a declaration.
5284 * int a, indent of "a"
5285 * static struct foo b, indent of "b"
5286 * enum bla c, indent of "c"
5287 * Returns zero when it doesn't look like a declaration.
5288 */
5289 static int
5290cin_first_id_amount()
5291{
5292 char_u *line, *p, *s;
5293 int len;
5294 pos_T fp;
5295 colnr_T col;
5296
5297 line = ml_get_curline();
5298 p = skipwhite(line);
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00005299 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005300 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "static", 6) == 0)
5301 {
5302 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005303 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005304 }
5305 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "struct", 6) == 0)
5306 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
5307 else if (len == 4 && STRNCMP(p, "enum", 4) == 0)
5308 p = skipwhite(p + 4);
5309 else if ((len == 8 && STRNCMP(p, "unsigned", 8) == 0)
5310 || (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "signed", 6) == 0))
5311 {
5312 s = skipwhite(p + len);
5313 if ((STRNCMP(s, "int", 3) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[3]))
5314 || (STRNCMP(s, "long", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4]))
5315 || (STRNCMP(s, "short", 5) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[5]))
5316 || (STRNCMP(s, "char", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4])))
5317 p = s;
5318 }
5319 for (len = 0; vim_isIDc(p[len]); ++len)
5320 ;
5321 if (len == 0 || !vim_iswhite(p[len]) || cin_nocode(p))
5322 return 0;
5323
5324 p = skipwhite(p + len);
5325 fp.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5326 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - line);
5327 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5328 return (int)col;
5329}
5330
5331/*
5332 * Return the indent of the first non-blank after an equal sign.
5333 * char *foo = "here";
5334 * Return zero if no (useful) equal sign found.
5335 * Return -1 if the line above "lnum" ends in a backslash.
5336 * foo = "asdf\
5337 * asdf\
5338 * here";
5339 */
5340 static int
5341cin_get_equal_amount(lnum)
5342 linenr_T lnum;
5343{
5344 char_u *line;
5345 char_u *s;
5346 colnr_T col;
5347 pos_T fp;
5348
5349 if (lnum > 1)
5350 {
5351 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
5352 if (*line != NUL && line[STRLEN(line) - 1] == '\\')
5353 return -1;
5354 }
5355
5356 line = s = ml_get(lnum);
5357 while (*s != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)"=;{}\"'", *s) == NULL)
5358 {
5359 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5360 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5361 else
5362 ++s;
5363 }
5364 if (*s != '=')
5365 return 0;
5366
5367 s = skipwhite(s + 1);
5368 if (cin_nocode(s))
5369 return 0;
5370
5371 if (*s == '"') /* nice alignment for continued strings */
5372 ++s;
5373
5374 fp.lnum = lnum;
5375 fp.col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
5376 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5377 return (int)col;
5378}
5379
5380/*
5381 * Recognize a preprocessor statement: Any line that starts with '#'.
5382 */
5383 static int
5384cin_ispreproc(s)
5385 char_u *s;
5386{
5387 s = skipwhite(s);
5388 if (*s == '#')
5389 return TRUE;
5390 return FALSE;
5391}
5392
5393/*
5394 * Return TRUE if line "*pp" at "*lnump" is a preprocessor statement or a
5395 * continuation line of a preprocessor statement. Decrease "*lnump" to the
5396 * start and return the line in "*pp".
5397 */
5398 static int
5399cin_ispreproc_cont(pp, lnump)
5400 char_u **pp;
5401 linenr_T *lnump;
5402{
5403 char_u *line = *pp;
5404 linenr_T lnum = *lnump;
5405 int retval = FALSE;
5406
Bram Moolenaard8e9bb22005-07-09 21:14:46 +00005407 for (;;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005408 {
5409 if (cin_ispreproc(line))
5410 {
5411 retval = TRUE;
5412 *lnump = lnum;
5413 break;
5414 }
5415 if (lnum == 1)
5416 break;
5417 line = ml_get(--lnum);
5418 if (*line == NUL || line[STRLEN(line) - 1] != '\\')
5419 break;
5420 }
5421
5422 if (lnum != *lnump)
5423 *pp = ml_get(*lnump);
5424 return retval;
5425}
5426
5427/*
5428 * Recognize the start of a C or C++ comment.
5429 */
5430 static int
5431cin_iscomment(p)
5432 char_u *p;
5433{
5434 return (p[0] == '/' && (p[1] == '*' || p[1] == '/'));
5435}
5436
5437/*
5438 * Recognize the start of a "//" comment.
5439 */
5440 static int
5441cin_islinecomment(p)
5442 char_u *p;
5443{
5444 return (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '/');
5445}
5446
5447/*
5448 * Recognize a line that starts with '{' or '}', or ends with ';', '{' or '}'.
5449 * Don't consider "} else" a terminated line.
5450 * Return the character terminating the line (ending char's have precedence if
5451 * both apply in order to determine initializations).
5452 */
5453 static int
5454cin_isterminated(s, incl_open, incl_comma)
5455 char_u *s;
5456 int incl_open; /* include '{' at the end as terminator */
5457 int incl_comma; /* recognize a trailing comma */
5458{
5459 char_u found_start = 0;
5460
5461 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5462
5463 if (*s == '{' || (*s == '}' && !cin_iselse(s)))
5464 found_start = *s;
5465
5466 while (*s)
5467 {
5468 /* skip over comments, "" strings and 'c'haracters */
5469 s = skip_string(cin_skipcomment(s));
5470 if ((*s == ';' || (incl_open && *s == '{') || *s == '}'
5471 || (incl_comma && *s == ','))
5472 && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5473 return *s;
5474
5475 if (*s)
5476 s++;
5477 }
5478 return found_start;
5479}
5480
5481/*
5482 * Recognize the basic picture of a function declaration -- it needs to
5483 * have an open paren somewhere and a close paren at the end of the line and
5484 * no semicolons anywhere.
5485 * When a line ends in a comma we continue looking in the next line.
5486 * "sp" points to a string with the line. When looking at other lines it must
5487 * be restored to the line. When it's NULL fetch lines here.
5488 * "lnum" is where we start looking.
5489 */
5490 static int
5491cin_isfuncdecl(sp, first_lnum)
5492 char_u **sp;
5493 linenr_T first_lnum;
5494{
5495 char_u *s;
5496 linenr_T lnum = first_lnum;
5497 int retval = FALSE;
5498
5499 if (sp == NULL)
5500 s = ml_get(lnum);
5501 else
5502 s = *sp;
5503
5504 while (*s && *s != '(' && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
5505 {
5506 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5507 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5508 else
5509 ++s;
5510 }
5511 if (*s != '(')
5512 return FALSE; /* ';', ' or " before any () or no '(' */
5513
5514 while (*s && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
5515 {
5516 if (*s == ')' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5517 {
5518 /* ')' at the end: may have found a match
5519 * Check for he previous line not to end in a backslash:
5520 * #if defined(x) && \
5521 * defined(y)
5522 */
5523 lnum = first_lnum - 1;
5524 s = ml_get(lnum);
5525 if (*s == NUL || s[STRLEN(s) - 1] != '\\')
5526 retval = TRUE;
5527 goto done;
5528 }
5529 if (*s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5530 {
5531 /* ',' at the end: continue looking in the next line */
5532 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
5533 break;
5534
5535 s = ml_get(++lnum);
5536 }
5537 else if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5538 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5539 else
5540 ++s;
5541 }
5542
5543done:
5544 if (lnum != first_lnum && sp != NULL)
5545 *sp = ml_get(first_lnum);
5546
5547 return retval;
5548}
5549
5550 static int
5551cin_isif(p)
5552 char_u *p;
5553{
5554 return (STRNCMP(p, "if", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
5555}
5556
5557 static int
5558cin_iselse(p)
5559 char_u *p;
5560{
5561 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} else" */
5562 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
5563 return (STRNCMP(p, "else", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[4]));
5564}
5565
5566 static int
5567cin_isdo(p)
5568 char_u *p;
5569{
5570 return (STRNCMP(p, "do", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
5571}
5572
5573/*
5574 * Check if this is a "while" that should have a matching "do".
5575 * We only accept a "while (condition) ;", with only white space between the
5576 * ')' and ';'. The condition may be spread over several lines.
5577 */
5578 static int
5579cin_iswhileofdo(p, lnum, ind_maxparen) /* XXX */
5580 char_u *p;
5581 linenr_T lnum;
5582 int ind_maxparen;
5583{
5584 pos_T cursor_save;
5585 pos_T *trypos;
5586 int retval = FALSE;
5587
5588 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5589 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
5590 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
5591 if (STRNCMP(p, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]))
5592 {
5593 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5594 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5595 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5596 p = ml_get_curline();
5597 while (*p && *p != 'w') /* skip any '}', until the 'w' of the "while" */
5598 {
5599 ++p;
5600 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
5601 }
5602 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, 0, 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL
5603 && *cin_skipcomment(ml_get_pos(trypos) + 1) == ';')
5604 retval = TRUE;
5605 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5606 }
5607 return retval;
5608}
5609
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005610/*
5611 * Return TRUE if we are at the end of a do-while.
5612 * do
5613 * nothing;
5614 * while (foo
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005615 * && bar); <-- here
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005616 * Adjust the cursor to the line with "while".
5617 */
5618 static int
5619cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
5620 int terminated;
5621 int ind_maxparen;
5622 int ind_maxcomment;
5623{
5624 char_u *line;
5625 char_u *p;
5626 char_u *s;
5627 pos_T *trypos;
5628 int i;
5629
5630 if (terminated != ';') /* there must be a ';' at the end */
5631 return FALSE;
5632
5633 p = line = ml_get_curline();
5634 while (*p != NUL)
5635 {
5636 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5637 if (*p == ')')
5638 {
5639 s = skipwhite(p + 1);
5640 if (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5641 {
5642 /* Found ");" at end of the line, now check there is "while"
5643 * before the matching '('. XXX */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00005644 i = (int)(p - line);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005645 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
5646 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment);
5647 if (trypos != NULL)
5648 {
5649 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get(trypos->lnum));
5650 if (*s == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
5651 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5652 if (STRNCMP(s, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
5653 {
5654 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
5655 return TRUE;
5656 }
5657 }
5658
5659 /* Searching may have made "line" invalid, get it again. */
5660 line = ml_get_curline();
5661 p = line + i;
5662 }
5663 }
5664 if (*p != NUL)
5665 ++p;
5666 }
5667 return FALSE;
5668}
5669
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005670 static int
5671cin_isbreak(p)
5672 char_u *p;
5673{
5674 return (STRNCMP(p, "break", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]));
5675}
5676
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005677/*
5678 * Find the position of a C++ base-class declaration or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005679 * constructor-initialization. eg:
5680 *
5681 * class MyClass :
5682 * baseClass <-- here
5683 * class MyClass : public baseClass,
5684 * anotherBaseClass <-- here (should probably lineup ??)
5685 * MyClass::MyClass(...) :
5686 * baseClass(...) <-- here (constructor-initialization)
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00005687 *
5688 * This is a lot of guessing. Watch out for "cond ? func() : foo".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005689 */
5690 static int
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005691cin_is_cpp_baseclass(col)
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005692 colnr_T *col; /* return: column to align with */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005693{
5694 char_u *s;
5695 int class_or_struct, lookfor_ctor_init, cpp_base_class;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005696 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005697 char_u *line = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005698
5699 *col = 0;
5700
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00005701 s = skipwhite(line);
5702 if (*s == '#') /* skip #define FOO x ? (x) : x */
5703 return FALSE;
5704 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005705 if (*s == NUL)
5706 return FALSE;
5707
5708 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5709
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005710 /* Search for a line starting with '#', empty, ending in ';' or containing
5711 * '{' or '}' and start below it. This handles the following situations:
5712 * a = cond ?
5713 * func() :
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005714 * asdf;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005715 * func::foo()
5716 * : something
5717 * {}
5718 * Foo::Foo (int one, int two)
5719 * : something(4),
5720 * somethingelse(3)
5721 * {}
5722 */
5723 while (lnum > 1)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005724 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005725 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
5726 s = skipwhite(line);
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005727 if (*s == '#' || *s == NUL)
5728 break;
5729 while (*s != NUL)
5730 {
5731 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5732 if (*s == '{' || *s == '}'
5733 || (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1)))
5734 break;
5735 if (*s != NUL)
5736 ++s;
5737 }
5738 if (*s != NUL)
5739 break;
5740 --lnum;
5741 }
5742
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005743 line = ml_get(lnum);
5744 s = cin_skipcomment(line);
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005745 for (;;)
5746 {
5747 if (*s == NUL)
5748 {
5749 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
5750 break;
5751 /* Continue in the cursor line. */
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005752 line = ml_get(++lnum);
5753 s = cin_skipcomment(line);
5754 if (*s == NUL)
5755 continue;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005756 }
5757
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005758 if (s[0] == ':')
5759 {
5760 if (s[1] == ':')
5761 {
5762 /* skip double colon. It can't be a constructor
5763 * initialization any more */
5764 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5765 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 2);
5766 }
5767 else if (lookfor_ctor_init || class_or_struct)
5768 {
5769 /* we have something found, that looks like the start of
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00005770 * cpp-base-class-declaration or constructor-initialization */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005771 cpp_base_class = TRUE;
5772 lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5773 *col = 0;
5774 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5775 }
5776 else
5777 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5778 }
5779 else if ((STRNCMP(s, "class", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
5780 || (STRNCMP(s, "struct", 6) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[6])))
5781 {
5782 class_or_struct = TRUE;
5783 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5784
5785 if (*s == 'c')
5786 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 5);
5787 else
5788 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 6);
5789 }
5790 else
5791 {
5792 if (s[0] == '{' || s[0] == '}' || s[0] == ';')
5793 {
5794 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5795 }
5796 else if (s[0] == ')')
5797 {
5798 /* Constructor-initialization is assumed if we come across
5799 * something like "):" */
5800 class_or_struct = FALSE;
5801 lookfor_ctor_init = TRUE;
5802 }
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00005803 else if (s[0] == '?')
5804 {
5805 /* Avoid seeing '() :' after '?' as constructor init. */
5806 return FALSE;
5807 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005808 else if (!vim_isIDc(s[0]))
5809 {
5810 /* if it is not an identifier, we are wrong */
5811 class_or_struct = FALSE;
5812 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5813 }
5814 else if (*col == 0)
5815 {
5816 /* it can't be a constructor-initialization any more */
5817 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5818
5819 /* the first statement starts here: lineup with this one... */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005820 if (cpp_base_class)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005821 *col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
5822 }
5823
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005824 /* When the line ends in a comma don't align with it. */
5825 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && *s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5826 *col = 0;
5827
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005828 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5829 }
5830 }
5831
5832 return cpp_base_class;
5833}
5834
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005835 static int
5836get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass)
5837 int col;
5838 int ind_maxparen;
5839 int ind_maxcomment;
5840 int ind_cpp_baseclass;
5841{
5842 int amount;
5843 colnr_T vcol;
5844 pos_T *trypos;
5845
5846 if (col == 0)
5847 {
5848 amount = get_indent();
5849 if (find_last_paren(ml_get_curline(), '(', ')')
5850 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
5851 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
5852 amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum); /* XXX */
5853 if (!cin_ends_in(ml_get_curline(), (char_u *)",", NULL))
5854 amount += ind_cpp_baseclass;
5855 }
5856 else
5857 {
5858 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
5859 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
5860 amount = (int)vcol;
5861 }
5862 if (amount < ind_cpp_baseclass)
5863 amount = ind_cpp_baseclass;
5864 return amount;
5865}
5866
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005867/*
5868 * Return TRUE if string "s" ends with the string "find", possibly followed by
5869 * white space and comments. Skip strings and comments.
5870 * Ignore "ignore" after "find" if it's not NULL.
5871 */
5872 static int
5873cin_ends_in(s, find, ignore)
5874 char_u *s;
5875 char_u *find;
5876 char_u *ignore;
5877{
5878 char_u *p = s;
5879 char_u *r;
5880 int len = (int)STRLEN(find);
5881
5882 while (*p != NUL)
5883 {
5884 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5885 if (STRNCMP(p, find, len) == 0)
5886 {
5887 r = skipwhite(p + len);
5888 if (ignore != NULL && STRNCMP(r, ignore, STRLEN(ignore)) == 0)
5889 r = skipwhite(r + STRLEN(ignore));
5890 if (cin_nocode(r))
5891 return TRUE;
5892 }
5893 if (*p != NUL)
5894 ++p;
5895 }
5896 return FALSE;
5897}
5898
5899/*
5900 * Skip strings, chars and comments until at or past "trypos".
5901 * Return the column found.
5902 */
5903 static int
5904cin_skip2pos(trypos)
5905 pos_T *trypos;
5906{
5907 char_u *line;
5908 char_u *p;
5909
5910 p = line = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
5911 while (*p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < trypos->col)
5912 {
5913 if (cin_iscomment(p))
5914 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5915 else
5916 {
5917 p = skip_string(p);
5918 ++p;
5919 }
5920 }
5921 return (int)(p - line);
5922}
5923
5924/*
5925 * Find the '{' at the start of the block we are in.
5926 * Return NULL if no match found.
5927 * Ignore a '{' that is in a comment, makes indenting the next three lines
5928 * work. */
5929/* foo() */
5930/* { */
5931/* } */
5932
5933 static pos_T *
5934find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5935 int ind_maxcomment;
5936{
5937 pos_T cursor_save;
5938 pos_T *trypos;
5939 pos_T *pos;
5940 static pos_T pos_copy;
5941
5942 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5943 while ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '{', FM_BLOCKSTOP, 0)) != NULL)
5944 {
5945 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy pos_T, next findmatch will change it */
5946 trypos = &pos_copy;
5947 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5948 pos = NULL;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005949 /* ignore the { if it's in a // or / * * / comment */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005950 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) == trypos->col
5951 && (pos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) == NULL) /* XXX */
5952 break;
5953 if (pos != NULL)
5954 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
5955 }
5956 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5957 return trypos;
5958}
5959
5960/*
5961 * Find the matching '(', failing if it is in a comment.
5962 * Return NULL of no match found.
5963 */
5964 static pos_T *
5965find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5966 int ind_maxparen;
5967 int ind_maxcomment;
5968{
5969 pos_T cursor_save;
5970 pos_T *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005971 static pos_T pos_copy;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005972
5973 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5974 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '(', 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL)
5975 {
5976 /* check if the ( is in a // comment */
5977 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) > trypos->col)
5978 trypos = NULL;
5979 else
5980 {
5981 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy trypos, findmatch will change it */
5982 trypos = &pos_copy;
5983 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5984 if (find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) != NULL) /* XXX */
5985 trypos = NULL;
5986 }
5987 }
5988 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5989 return trypos;
5990}
5991
5992/*
5993 * Return ind_maxparen corrected for the difference in line number between the
5994 * cursor position and "startpos". This makes sure that searching for a
5995 * matching paren above the cursor line doesn't find a match because of
5996 * looking a few lines further.
5997 */
5998 static int
5999corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, startpos)
6000 int ind_maxparen;
6001 pos_T *startpos;
6002{
6003 long n = (long)startpos->lnum - (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6004
6005 if (n > 0 && n < ind_maxparen / 2)
6006 return ind_maxparen - (int)n;
6007 return ind_maxparen;
6008}
6009
6010/*
6011 * Set w_cursor.col to the column number of the last unmatched ')' or '{' in
6012 * line "l".
6013 */
6014 static int
6015find_last_paren(l, start, end)
6016 char_u *l;
6017 int start, end;
6018{
6019 int i;
6020 int retval = FALSE;
6021 int open_count = 0;
6022
6023 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* default is start of line */
6024
6025 for (i = 0; l[i]; i++)
6026 {
6027 i = (int)(cin_skipcomment(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in comments */
6028 i = (int)(skip_string(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in quotes */
6029 if (l[i] == start)
6030 ++open_count;
6031 else if (l[i] == end)
6032 {
6033 if (open_count > 0)
6034 --open_count;
6035 else
6036 {
6037 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
6038 retval = TRUE;
6039 }
6040 }
6041 }
6042 return retval;
6043}
6044
6045 int
6046get_c_indent()
6047{
6048 /*
6049 * spaces from a block's opening brace the prevailing indent for that
6050 * block should be
6051 */
6052 int ind_level = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6053
6054 /*
6055 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace that's at the end of a
6056 * line is imagined to be.
6057 */
6058 int ind_open_imag = 0;
6059
6060 /*
Bram Moolenaar1a509df2010-08-01 17:59:57 +02006061 * spaces from the prevailing indent for a line that is not preceded by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006062 * an opening brace.
6063 */
6064 int ind_no_brace = 0;
6065
6066 /*
6067 * column where the first { of a function should be located }
6068 */
6069 int ind_first_open = 0;
6070
6071 /*
6072 * spaces from the prevailing indent a leftmost open brace should be
6073 * located
6074 */
6075 int ind_open_extra = 0;
6076
6077 /*
6078 * spaces from the matching open brace (real location for one at the left
6079 * edge; imaginary location from one that ends a line) the matching close
6080 * brace should be located
6081 */
6082 int ind_close_extra = 0;
6083
6084 /*
6085 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace sitting in the leftmost
6086 * column is imagined to be
6087 */
6088 int ind_open_left_imag = 0;
6089
6090 /*
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006091 * Spaces jump labels should be shifted to the left if N is non-negative,
6092 * otherwise the jump label will be put to column 1.
6093 */
6094 int ind_jump_label = -1;
6095
6096 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006097 * spaces from the switch() indent a "case xx" label should be located
6098 */
6099 int ind_case = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6100
6101 /*
6102 * spaces from the "case xx:" code after a switch() should be located
6103 */
6104 int ind_case_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6105
6106 /*
6107 * lineup break at end of case in switch() with case label
6108 */
6109 int ind_case_break = 0;
6110
6111 /*
6112 * spaces from the class declaration indent a scope declaration label
6113 * should be located
6114 */
6115 int ind_scopedecl = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6116
6117 /*
6118 * spaces from the scope declaration label code should be located
6119 */
6120 int ind_scopedecl_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6121
6122 /*
6123 * amount K&R-style parameters should be indented
6124 */
6125 int ind_param = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6126
6127 /*
6128 * amount a function type spec should be indented
6129 */
6130 int ind_func_type = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6131
6132 /*
6133 * amount a cpp base class declaration or constructor initialization
6134 * should be indented
6135 */
6136 int ind_cpp_baseclass = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6137
6138 /*
6139 * additional spaces beyond the prevailing indent a continuation line
6140 * should be located
6141 */
6142 int ind_continuation = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6143
6144 /*
6145 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses
6146 */
6147 int ind_unclosed = curbuf->b_p_sw * 2;
6148
6149 /*
6150 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses, which
6151 * itself is also unclosed
6152 */
6153 int ind_unclosed2 = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6154
6155 /*
6156 * suppress ignoring spaces from the indent of a line starting with an
6157 * unclosed parentheses.
6158 */
6159 int ind_unclosed_noignore = 0;
6160
6161 /*
6162 * If the opening paren is the last nonwhite character on the line, and
6163 * ind_unclosed_wrapped is nonzero, use this indent relative to the outer
6164 * context (for very long lines).
6165 */
6166 int ind_unclosed_wrapped = 0;
6167
6168 /*
6169 * suppress ignoring white space when lining up with the character after
6170 * an unclosed parentheses.
6171 */
6172 int ind_unclosed_whiteok = 0;
6173
6174 /*
6175 * indent a closing parentheses under the line start of the matching
6176 * opening parentheses.
6177 */
6178 int ind_matching_paren = 0;
6179
6180 /*
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006181 * indent a closing parentheses under the previous line.
6182 */
6183 int ind_paren_prev = 0;
6184
6185 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006186 * Extra indent for comments.
6187 */
6188 int ind_comment = 0;
6189
6190 /*
6191 * spaces from the comment opener when there is nothing after it.
6192 */
6193 int ind_in_comment = 3;
6194
6195 /*
6196 * boolean: if non-zero, use ind_in_comment even if there is something
6197 * after the comment opener.
6198 */
6199 int ind_in_comment2 = 0;
6200
6201 /*
6202 * max lines to search for an open paren
6203 */
6204 int ind_maxparen = 20;
6205
6206 /*
6207 * max lines to search for an open comment
6208 */
6209 int ind_maxcomment = 70;
6210
6211 /*
6212 * handle braces for java code
6213 */
6214 int ind_java = 0;
6215
6216 /*
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006217 * not to confuse JS object properties with labels
6218 */
6219 int ind_js = 0;
6220
6221 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006222 * handle blocked cases correctly
6223 */
6224 int ind_keep_case_label = 0;
6225
6226 pos_T cur_curpos;
6227 int amount;
6228 int scope_amount;
Bram Moolenaarb21e5842006-04-16 18:30:08 +00006229 int cur_amount = MAXCOL;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006230 colnr_T col;
6231 char_u *theline;
6232 char_u *linecopy;
6233 pos_T *trypos;
6234 pos_T *tryposBrace = NULL;
6235 pos_T our_paren_pos;
6236 char_u *start;
6237 int start_brace;
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00006238#define BRACE_IN_COL0 1 /* '{' is in column 0 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006239#define BRACE_AT_START 2 /* '{' is at start of line */
6240#define BRACE_AT_END 3 /* '{' is at end of line */
6241 linenr_T ourscope;
6242 char_u *l;
6243 char_u *look;
6244 char_u terminated;
6245 int lookfor;
6246#define LOOKFOR_INITIAL 0
6247#define LOOKFOR_IF 1
6248#define LOOKFOR_DO 2
6249#define LOOKFOR_CASE 3
6250#define LOOKFOR_ANY 4
6251#define LOOKFOR_TERM 5
6252#define LOOKFOR_UNTERM 6
6253#define LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL 7
6254#define LOOKFOR_NOBREAK 8
6255#define LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS 9
6256#define LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT 10
6257
6258 int whilelevel;
6259 linenr_T lnum;
6260 char_u *options;
6261 int fraction = 0; /* init for GCC */
6262 int divider;
6263 int n;
6264 int iscase;
6265 int lookfor_break;
6266 int cont_amount = 0; /* amount for continuation line */
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006267 int original_line_islabel;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006268
6269 for (options = curbuf->b_p_cino; *options; )
6270 {
6271 l = options++;
6272 if (*options == '-')
6273 ++options;
6274 n = getdigits(&options);
6275 divider = 0;
6276 if (*options == '.') /* ".5s" means a fraction */
6277 {
6278 fraction = atol((char *)++options);
6279 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*options))
6280 {
6281 ++options;
6282 if (divider)
6283 divider *= 10;
6284 else
6285 divider = 10;
6286 }
6287 }
6288 if (*options == 's') /* "2s" means two times 'shiftwidth' */
6289 {
6290 if (n == 0 && fraction == 0)
6291 n = curbuf->b_p_sw; /* just "s" is one 'shiftwidth' */
6292 else
6293 {
6294 n *= curbuf->b_p_sw;
6295 if (divider)
6296 n += (curbuf->b_p_sw * fraction + divider / 2) / divider;
6297 }
6298 ++options;
6299 }
6300 if (l[1] == '-')
6301 n = -n;
6302 /* When adding an entry here, also update the default 'cinoptions' in
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00006303 * doc/indent.txt, and add explanation for it! */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006304 switch (*l)
6305 {
6306 case '>': ind_level = n; break;
6307 case 'e': ind_open_imag = n; break;
6308 case 'n': ind_no_brace = n; break;
6309 case 'f': ind_first_open = n; break;
6310 case '{': ind_open_extra = n; break;
6311 case '}': ind_close_extra = n; break;
6312 case '^': ind_open_left_imag = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006313 case 'L': ind_jump_label = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006314 case ':': ind_case = n; break;
6315 case '=': ind_case_code = n; break;
6316 case 'b': ind_case_break = n; break;
6317 case 'p': ind_param = n; break;
6318 case 't': ind_func_type = n; break;
6319 case '/': ind_comment = n; break;
6320 case 'c': ind_in_comment = n; break;
6321 case 'C': ind_in_comment2 = n; break;
6322 case 'i': ind_cpp_baseclass = n; break;
6323 case '+': ind_continuation = n; break;
6324 case '(': ind_unclosed = n; break;
6325 case 'u': ind_unclosed2 = n; break;
6326 case 'U': ind_unclosed_noignore = n; break;
6327 case 'W': ind_unclosed_wrapped = n; break;
6328 case 'w': ind_unclosed_whiteok = n; break;
6329 case 'm': ind_matching_paren = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006330 case 'M': ind_paren_prev = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006331 case ')': ind_maxparen = n; break;
6332 case '*': ind_maxcomment = n; break;
6333 case 'g': ind_scopedecl = n; break;
6334 case 'h': ind_scopedecl_code = n; break;
6335 case 'j': ind_java = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006336 case 'J': ind_js = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006337 case 'l': ind_keep_case_label = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00006338 case '#': ind_hash_comment = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006339 }
Bram Moolenaardfdf3c42010-03-23 18:22:46 +01006340 if (*options == ',')
6341 ++options;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006342 }
6343
6344 /* remember where the cursor was when we started */
6345 cur_curpos = curwin->w_cursor;
6346
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006347 /* if we are at line 1 0 is fine, right? */
6348 if (cur_curpos.lnum == 1)
6349 return 0;
6350
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006351 /* Get a copy of the current contents of the line.
6352 * This is required, because only the most recent line obtained with
6353 * ml_get is valid! */
6354 linecopy = vim_strsave(ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum));
6355 if (linecopy == NULL)
6356 return 0;
6357
6358 /*
6359 * In insert mode and the cursor is on a ')' truncate the line at the
6360 * cursor position. We don't want to line up with the matching '(' when
6361 * inserting new stuff.
6362 * For unknown reasons the cursor might be past the end of the line, thus
6363 * check for that.
6364 */
6365 if ((State & INSERT)
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00006366 && curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)STRLEN(linecopy)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006367 && linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] == ')')
6368 linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
6369
6370 theline = skipwhite(linecopy);
6371
6372 /* move the cursor to the start of the line */
6373
6374 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6375
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006376 original_line_islabel = cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */
6377
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006378 /*
6379 * #defines and so on always go at the left when included in 'cinkeys'.
6380 */
6381 if (*theline == '#' && (*linecopy == '#' || in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE)))
6382 {
6383 amount = 0;
6384 }
6385
6386 /*
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006387 * Is it a non-case label? Then that goes at the left margin too unless:
6388 * - JS flag is set.
6389 * - 'L' item has a positive value.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006390 */
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006391 else if (original_line_islabel && !ind_js && ind_jump_label < 0)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006392 {
6393 amount = 0;
6394 }
6395
6396 /*
6397 * If we're inside a "//" comment and there is a "//" comment in a
6398 * previous line, lineup with that one.
6399 */
6400 else if (cin_islinecomment(theline)
6401 && (trypos = find_line_comment()) != NULL) /* XXX */
6402 {
6403 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
6404 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6405 amount = col;
6406 }
6407
6408 /*
6409 * If we're inside a comment and not looking at the start of the
6410 * comment, try using the 'comments' option.
6411 */
6412 else if (!cin_iscomment(theline)
6413 && (trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
6414 {
6415 int lead_start_len = 2;
6416 int lead_middle_len = 1;
6417 char_u lead_start[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* start-comment string */
6418 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
6419 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
6420 char_u *p;
6421 int start_align = 0;
6422 int start_off = 0;
6423 int done = FALSE;
6424
6425 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
6426 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6427 amount = col;
6428
6429 p = curbuf->b_p_com;
6430 while (*p != NUL)
6431 {
6432 int align = 0;
6433 int off = 0;
6434 int what = 0;
6435
6436 while (*p != NUL && *p != ':')
6437 {
6438 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_END || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
6439 what = *p++;
6440 else if (*p == COM_LEFT || *p == COM_RIGHT)
6441 align = *p++;
6442 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
6443 off = getdigits(&p);
6444 else
6445 ++p;
6446 }
6447
6448 if (*p == ':')
6449 ++p;
6450 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
6451 if (what == COM_START)
6452 {
6453 STRCPY(lead_start, lead_end);
6454 lead_start_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_start);
6455 start_off = off;
6456 start_align = align;
6457 }
6458 else if (what == COM_MIDDLE)
6459 {
6460 STRCPY(lead_middle, lead_end);
6461 lead_middle_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
6462 }
6463 else if (what == COM_END)
6464 {
6465 /* If our line starts with the middle comment string, line it
6466 * up with the comment opener per the 'comments' option. */
6467 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) == 0
6468 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) != 0)
6469 {
6470 done = TRUE;
6471 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
6472 {
6473 /* If the start comment string matches in the previous
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00006474 * line, use the indent of that line plus offset. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006475 * the middle comment string matches in the previous
6476 * line, use the indent of that line. XXX */
6477 look = skipwhite(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1));
6478 if (STRNCMP(look, lead_start, lead_start_len) == 0)
6479 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6480 else if (STRNCMP(look, lead_middle,
6481 lead_middle_len) == 0)
6482 {
6483 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6484 break;
6485 }
6486 /* If the start comment string doesn't match with the
6487 * start of the comment, skip this entry. XXX */
6488 else if (STRNCMP(ml_get(trypos->lnum) + trypos->col,
6489 lead_start, lead_start_len) != 0)
6490 continue;
6491 }
6492 if (start_off != 0)
6493 amount += start_off;
6494 else if (start_align == COM_RIGHT)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00006495 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
6496 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006497 break;
6498 }
6499
6500 /* If our line starts with the end comment string, line it up
6501 * with the middle comment */
6502 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) != 0
6503 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) == 0)
6504 {
6505 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6506 /* XXX */
6507 if (off != 0)
6508 amount += off;
6509 else if (align == COM_RIGHT)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00006510 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
6511 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006512 done = TRUE;
6513 break;
6514 }
6515 }
6516 }
6517
6518 /* If our line starts with an asterisk, line up with the
6519 * asterisk in the comment opener; otherwise, line up
6520 * with the first character of the comment text.
6521 */
6522 if (done)
6523 ;
6524 else if (theline[0] == '*')
6525 amount += 1;
6526 else
6527 {
6528 /*
6529 * If we are more than one line away from the comment opener, take
6530 * the indent of the previous non-empty line. If 'cino' has "CO"
6531 * and we are just below the comment opener and there are any
6532 * white characters after it line up with the text after it;
6533 * otherwise, add the amount specified by "c" in 'cino'
6534 */
6535 amount = -1;
6536 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > trypos->lnum; --lnum)
6537 {
6538 if (linewhite(lnum)) /* skip blank lines */
6539 continue;
6540 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
6541 break;
6542 }
6543 if (amount == -1) /* use the comment opener */
6544 {
6545 if (!ind_in_comment2)
6546 {
6547 start = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
6548 look = start + trypos->col + 2; /* skip / and * */
6549 if (*look != NUL) /* if something after it */
6550 trypos->col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(look) - start);
6551 }
6552 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6553 amount = col;
6554 if (ind_in_comment2 || *look == NUL)
6555 amount += ind_in_comment;
6556 }
6557 }
6558 }
6559
6560 /*
6561 * Are we inside parentheses or braces?
6562 */ /* XXX */
6563 else if (((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
6564 && ind_java == 0)
6565 || (tryposBrace = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
6566 || trypos != NULL)
6567 {
6568 if (trypos != NULL && tryposBrace != NULL)
6569 {
6570 /* Both an unmatched '(' and '{' is found. Use the one which is
6571 * closer to the current cursor position, set the other to NULL. */
6572 if (trypos->lnum != tryposBrace->lnum
6573 ? trypos->lnum < tryposBrace->lnum
6574 : trypos->col < tryposBrace->col)
6575 trypos = NULL;
6576 else
6577 tryposBrace = NULL;
6578 }
6579
6580 if (trypos != NULL)
6581 {
6582 /*
6583 * If the matching paren is more than one line away, use the indent of
6584 * a previous non-empty line that matches the same paren.
6585 */
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006586 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_paren_prev)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006587 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006588 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
6589 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); /* XXX */
6590 }
6591 else
6592 {
6593 amount = -1;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006594 our_paren_pos = *trypos;
6595 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > our_paren_pos.lnum; --lnum)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006596 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006597 l = skipwhite(ml_get(lnum));
6598 if (cin_nocode(l)) /* skip comment lines */
6599 continue;
6600 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &lnum))
6601 continue; /* ignore #define, #if, etc. */
6602 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006603
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006604 /* Skip a comment. XXX */
6605 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6606 {
6607 lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
6608 continue;
6609 }
6610
6611 /* XXX */
6612 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(
6613 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006614 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006615 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
6616 && trypos->col == our_paren_pos.col)
6617 {
6618 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006619
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006620 if (theline[0] == ')')
6621 {
6622 if (our_paren_pos.lnum != lnum
6623 && cur_amount > amount)
6624 cur_amount = amount;
6625 amount = -1;
6626 }
6627 break;
6628 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006629 }
6630 }
6631
6632 /*
6633 * Line up with line where the matching paren is. XXX
6634 * If the line starts with a '(' or the indent for unclosed
6635 * parentheses is zero, line up with the unclosed parentheses.
6636 */
6637 if (amount == -1)
6638 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006639 int ignore_paren_col = 0;
6640
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006641 amount = skip_label(our_paren_pos.lnum, &look, ind_maxcomment);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006642 look = skipwhite(look);
6643 if (*look == '(')
6644 {
6645 linenr_T save_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6646 char_u *line;
6647 int look_col;
6648
6649 /* Ignore a '(' in front of the line that has a match before
6650 * our matching '('. */
6651 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
6652 line = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00006653 look_col = (int)(look - line);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006654 curwin->w_cursor.col = look_col + 1;
6655 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, ')', 0, ind_maxparen))
6656 != NULL
6657 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
6658 && trypos->col < our_paren_pos.col)
6659 ignore_paren_col = trypos->col + 1;
6660
6661 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = save_lnum;
6662 look = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum) + look_col;
6663 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006664 if (theline[0] == ')' || ind_unclosed == 0
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006665 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore && *look == '('
6666 && ignore_paren_col == 0))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006667 {
6668 /*
6669 * If we're looking at a close paren, line up right there;
6670 * otherwise, line up with the next (non-white) character.
6671 * When ind_unclosed_wrapped is set and the matching paren is
6672 * the last nonwhite character of the line, use either the
6673 * indent of the current line or the indentation of the next
6674 * outer paren and add ind_unclosed_wrapped (for very long
6675 * lines).
6676 */
6677 if (theline[0] != ')')
6678 {
6679 cur_amount = MAXCOL;
6680 l = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum);
6681 if (ind_unclosed_wrapped
6682 && cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"(", NULL))
6683 {
6684 /* look for opening unmatched paren, indent one level
6685 * for each additional level */
6686 n = 1;
6687 for (col = 0; col < our_paren_pos.col; ++col)
6688 {
6689 switch (l[col])
6690 {
6691 case '(':
6692 case '{': ++n;
6693 break;
6694
6695 case ')':
6696 case '}': if (n > 1)
6697 --n;
6698 break;
6699 }
6700 }
6701
6702 our_paren_pos.col = 0;
6703 amount += n * ind_unclosed_wrapped;
6704 }
6705 else if (ind_unclosed_whiteok)
6706 our_paren_pos.col++;
6707 else
6708 {
6709 col = our_paren_pos.col + 1;
6710 while (vim_iswhite(l[col]))
6711 col++;
6712 if (l[col] != NUL) /* In case of trailing space */
6713 our_paren_pos.col = col;
6714 else
6715 our_paren_pos.col++;
6716 }
6717 }
6718
6719 /*
6720 * Find how indented the paren is, or the character after it
6721 * if we did the above "if".
6722 */
6723 if (our_paren_pos.col > 0)
6724 {
6725 getvcol(curwin, &our_paren_pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6726 if (cur_amount > (int)col)
6727 cur_amount = col;
6728 }
6729 }
6730
6731 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_matching_paren)
6732 {
6733 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
6734 }
6735 else if (ind_unclosed == 0 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006736 && *look == '(' && ignore_paren_col == 0))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006737 {
6738 if (cur_amount != MAXCOL)
6739 amount = cur_amount;
6740 }
6741 else
6742 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006743 /* Add ind_unclosed2 for each '(' before our matching one, but
6744 * ignore (void) before the line (ignore_paren_col). */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006745 col = our_paren_pos.col;
Bram Moolenaarb21e5842006-04-16 18:30:08 +00006746 while ((int)our_paren_pos.col > ignore_paren_col)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006747 {
6748 --our_paren_pos.col;
6749 switch (*ml_get_pos(&our_paren_pos))
6750 {
6751 case '(': amount += ind_unclosed2;
6752 col = our_paren_pos.col;
6753 break;
6754 case ')': amount -= ind_unclosed2;
6755 col = MAXCOL;
6756 break;
6757 }
6758 }
6759
6760 /* Use ind_unclosed once, when the first '(' is not inside
6761 * braces */
6762 if (col == MAXCOL)
6763 amount += ind_unclosed;
6764 else
6765 {
6766 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
6767 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
6768 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6769 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6770 amount += ind_unclosed2;
6771 else
6772 amount += ind_unclosed;
6773 }
6774 /*
6775 * For a line starting with ')' use the minimum of the two
6776 * positions, to avoid giving it more indent than the previous
6777 * lines:
6778 * func_long_name( if (x
6779 * arg && yy
6780 * ) ^ not here ) ^ not here
6781 */
6782 if (cur_amount < amount)
6783 amount = cur_amount;
6784 }
6785 }
6786
6787 /* add extra indent for a comment */
6788 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
6789 amount += ind_comment;
6790 }
6791
6792 /*
6793 * Are we at least inside braces, then?
6794 */
6795 else
6796 {
6797 trypos = tryposBrace;
6798
6799 ourscope = trypos->lnum;
6800 start = ml_get(ourscope);
6801
6802 /*
6803 * Now figure out how indented the line is in general.
6804 * If the brace was at the start of the line, we use that;
6805 * otherwise, check out the indentation of the line as
6806 * a whole and then add the "imaginary indent" to that.
6807 */
6808 look = skipwhite(start);
6809 if (*look == '{')
6810 {
6811 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6812 amount = col;
6813 if (*start == '{')
6814 start_brace = BRACE_IN_COL0;
6815 else
6816 start_brace = BRACE_AT_START;
6817 }
6818 else
6819 {
6820 /*
6821 * that opening brace might have been on a continuation
6822 * line. if so, find the start of the line.
6823 */
6824 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = ourscope;
6825
6826 /*
6827 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
6828 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
6829 */
6830 lnum = ourscope;
6831 if (find_last_paren(start, '(', ')')
6832 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6833 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6834 lnum = trypos->lnum;
6835
6836 /*
6837 * It could have been something like
6838 * case 1: if (asdf &&
6839 * ldfd) {
6840 * }
6841 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006842 if ((ind_keep_case_label
6843 && cin_iscase(skipwhite(ml_get_curline()), FALSE)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006844 amount = get_indent();
6845 else
6846 amount = skip_label(lnum, &l, ind_maxcomment);
6847
6848 start_brace = BRACE_AT_END;
6849 }
6850
6851 /*
6852 * if we're looking at a closing brace, that's where
6853 * we want to be. otherwise, add the amount of room
6854 * that an indent is supposed to be.
6855 */
6856 if (theline[0] == '}')
6857 {
6858 /*
6859 * they may want closing braces to line up with something
6860 * other than the open brace. indulge them, if so.
6861 */
6862 amount += ind_close_extra;
6863 }
6864 else
6865 {
6866 /*
6867 * If we're looking at an "else", try to find an "if"
6868 * to match it with.
6869 * If we're looking at a "while", try to find a "do"
6870 * to match it with.
6871 */
6872 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
6873 if (cin_iselse(theline))
6874 lookfor = LOOKFOR_IF;
6875 else if (cin_iswhileofdo(theline, cur_curpos.lnum, ind_maxparen))
6876 /* XXX */
6877 lookfor = LOOKFOR_DO;
6878 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_INITIAL)
6879 {
6880 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = cur_curpos.lnum;
6881 if (find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen,
6882 ind_maxcomment) == OK)
6883 {
6884 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
6885 goto theend;
6886 }
6887 }
6888
6889 /*
6890 * We get here if we are not on an "while-of-do" or "else" (or
6891 * failed to find a matching "if").
6892 * Search backwards for something to line up with.
6893 * First set amount for when we don't find anything.
6894 */
6895
6896 /*
6897 * if the '{' is _really_ at the left margin, use the imaginary
6898 * location of a left-margin brace. Otherwise, correct the
6899 * location for ind_open_extra.
6900 */
6901
6902 if (start_brace == BRACE_IN_COL0) /* '{' is in column 0 */
6903 {
6904 amount = ind_open_left_imag;
6905 }
6906 else
6907 {
6908 if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_END) /* '{' is at end of line */
6909 amount += ind_open_imag;
6910 else
6911 {
6912 /* Compensate for adding ind_open_extra later. */
6913 amount -= ind_open_extra;
6914 if (amount < 0)
6915 amount = 0;
6916 }
6917 }
6918
6919 lookfor_break = FALSE;
6920
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006921 if (cin_iscase(theline, FALSE)) /* it's a switch() label */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006922 {
6923 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CASE; /* find a previous switch() label */
6924 amount += ind_case;
6925 }
6926 else if (cin_isscopedecl(theline)) /* private:, ... */
6927 {
6928 lookfor = LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL; /* class decl is this block */
6929 amount += ind_scopedecl;
6930 }
6931 else
6932 {
6933 if (ind_case_break && cin_isbreak(theline)) /* break; ... */
6934 lookfor_break = TRUE;
6935
6936 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
6937 amount += ind_level; /* ind_level from start of block */
6938 }
6939 scope_amount = amount;
6940 whilelevel = 0;
6941
6942 /*
6943 * Search backwards. If we find something we recognize, line up
6944 * with that.
6945 *
6946 * if we're looking at an open brace, indent
6947 * the usual amount relative to the conditional
6948 * that opens the block.
6949 */
6950 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
6951 for (;;)
6952 {
6953 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
6954 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6955
6956 /*
6957 * If we went all the way back to the start of our scope, line
6958 * up with it.
6959 */
6960 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= ourscope)
6961 {
6962 /* we reached end of scope:
6963 * if looking for a enum or structure initialization
6964 * go further back:
6965 * if it is an initializer (enum xxx or xxx =), then
6966 * don't add ind_continuation, otherwise it is a variable
6967 * declaration:
6968 * int x,
6969 * here; <-- add ind_continuation
6970 */
6971 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
6972 {
6973 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0
6974 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum
6975 < ourscope - ind_maxparen)
6976 {
6977 /* nothing found (abuse ind_maxparen as limit)
6978 * assume terminated line (i.e. a variable
6979 * initialization) */
6980 if (cont_amount > 0)
6981 amount = cont_amount;
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006982 else if (!ind_js)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006983 amount += ind_continuation;
6984 break;
6985 }
6986
6987 l = ml_get_curline();
6988
6989 /*
6990 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the
6991 * comment.
6992 */
6993 trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment);
6994 if (trypos != NULL)
6995 {
6996 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00006997 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006998 continue;
6999 }
7000
7001 /*
7002 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
7003 */
7004 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7005 continue;
7006
7007 if (cin_nocode(l))
7008 continue;
7009
7010 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
7011
7012 /*
7013 * If we are at top level and the line looks like a
7014 * function declaration, we are done
7015 * (it's a variable declaration).
7016 */
7017 if (start_brace != BRACE_IN_COL0
7018 || !cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7019 {
7020 /* if the line is terminated with another ','
7021 * it is a continued variable initialization.
7022 * don't add extra indent.
7023 * TODO: does not work, if a function
7024 * declaration is split over multiple lines:
7025 * cin_isfuncdecl returns FALSE then.
7026 */
7027 if (terminated == ',')
7028 break;
7029
7030 /* if it es a enum declaration or an assignment,
7031 * we are done.
7032 */
7033 if (terminated != ';' && cin_isinit())
7034 break;
7035
7036 /* nothing useful found */
7037 if (terminated == 0 || terminated == '{')
7038 continue;
7039 }
7040
7041 if (terminated != ';')
7042 {
7043 /* Skip parens and braces. Position the cursor
7044 * over the rightmost paren, so that matching it
7045 * will take us back to the start of the line.
7046 */ /* XXX */
7047 trypos = NULL;
7048 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'))
7049 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7050 ind_maxcomment);
7051
7052 if (trypos == NULL && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
7053 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
7054
7055 if (trypos != NULL)
7056 {
7057 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007058 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007059 continue;
7060 }
7061 }
7062
7063 /* it's a variable declaration, add indentation
7064 * like in
7065 * int a,
7066 * b;
7067 */
7068 if (cont_amount > 0)
7069 amount = cont_amount;
7070 else
7071 amount += ind_continuation;
7072 }
7073 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7074 {
7075 if (cont_amount > 0)
7076 amount = cont_amount;
7077 else
7078 amount += ind_continuation;
7079 }
7080 else if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
7081 && lookfor != LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7082 {
7083 amount = scope_amount;
7084 if (theline[0] == '{')
7085 amount += ind_open_extra;
7086 }
7087 break;
7088 }
7089
7090 /*
7091 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
7092 */ /* XXX */
7093 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7094 {
7095 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007096 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007097 continue;
7098 }
7099
7100 l = ml_get_curline();
7101
7102 /*
7103 * If this is a switch() label, may line up relative to that.
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007104 * If this is a C++ scope declaration, do the same.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007105 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007106 iscase = cin_iscase(l, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007107 if (iscase || cin_isscopedecl(l))
7108 {
7109 /* we are only looking for cpp base class
7110 * declaration/initialization any longer */
7111 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7112 break;
7113
7114 /* When looking for a "do" we are not interested in
7115 * labels. */
7116 if (whilelevel > 0)
7117 continue;
7118
7119 /*
7120 * case xx:
7121 * c = 99 + <- this indent plus continuation
7122 *-> here;
7123 */
7124 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7125 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7126 {
7127 if (cont_amount > 0)
7128 amount = cont_amount;
7129 else
7130 amount += ind_continuation;
7131 break;
7132 }
7133
7134 /*
7135 * case xx: <- line up with this case
7136 * x = 333;
7137 * case yy:
7138 */
7139 if ( (iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE)
7140 || (iscase && lookfor_break)
7141 || (!iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL))
7142 {
7143 /*
7144 * Check that this case label is not for another
7145 * switch()
7146 */ /* XXX */
7147 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) ==
7148 NULL || trypos->lnum == ourscope)
7149 {
7150 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7151 break;
7152 }
7153 continue;
7154 }
7155
7156 n = get_indent_nolabel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); /* XXX */
7157
7158 /*
7159 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
7160 * y = y + 1;
7161 * -> s = 99;
7162 *
7163 * case xx:
7164 * if (cond) <- line up with this line
7165 * y = y + 1;
7166 * -> s = 99;
7167 */
7168 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
7169 {
7170 if (n)
7171 amount = n;
7172
7173 if (!lookfor_break)
7174 break;
7175 }
7176
7177 /*
7178 * case xx: x = x + 1; <- line up with this x
7179 * -> y = y + 1;
7180 *
7181 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
7182 * -> y = y + 1;
7183 */
7184 if (n)
7185 {
7186 amount = n;
7187 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
7188 if (l != NULL && cin_is_cinword(l))
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00007189 {
7190 if (theline[0] == '{')
7191 amount += ind_open_extra;
7192 else
7193 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
7194 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007195 break;
7196 }
7197
7198 /*
7199 * Try to get the indent of a statement before the switch
7200 * label. If nothing is found, line up relative to the
7201 * switch label.
7202 * break; <- may line up with this line
7203 * case xx:
7204 * -> y = 1;
7205 */
7206 scope_amount = get_indent() + (iscase /* XXX */
7207 ? ind_case_code : ind_scopedecl_code);
7208 lookfor = ind_case_break ? LOOKFOR_NOBREAK : LOOKFOR_ANY;
7209 continue;
7210 }
7211
7212 /*
7213 * Looking for a switch() label or C++ scope declaration,
7214 * ignore other lines, skip {}-blocks.
7215 */
7216 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE || lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL)
7217 {
7218 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') && (trypos =
7219 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007220 {
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007221 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007222 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7223 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007224 continue;
7225 }
7226
7227 /*
7228 * Ignore jump labels with nothing after them.
7229 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007230 if (!ind_js && cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007231 {
7232 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
7233 if (l == NULL || cin_nocode(l))
7234 continue;
7235 }
7236
7237 /*
7238 * Ignore #defines, #if, etc.
7239 * Ignore comment and empty lines.
7240 * (need to get the line again, cin_islabel() may have
7241 * unlocked it)
7242 */
7243 l = ml_get_curline();
7244 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
7245 || cin_nocode(l))
7246 continue;
7247
7248 /*
7249 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
7250 * constructor initialization?
7251 */ /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007252 n = FALSE;
7253 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM && ind_cpp_baseclass > 0)
7254 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00007255 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col);
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007256 l = ml_get_curline();
7257 }
7258 if (n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007259 {
7260 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7261 {
7262 if (cont_amount > 0)
7263 amount = cont_amount;
7264 else
7265 amount += ind_continuation;
7266 }
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007267 else if (theline[0] == '{')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007268 {
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007269 /* Need to find start of the declaration. */
7270 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
7271 ind_continuation = 0;
7272 continue;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007273 }
7274 else
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007275 /* XXX */
7276 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen,
7277 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007278 break;
7279 }
7280 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7281 {
7282 /* only look, whether there is a cpp base class
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007283 * declaration or initialization before the opening brace.
7284 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007285 if (cin_isterminated(l, TRUE, FALSE))
7286 break;
7287 else
7288 continue;
7289 }
7290
7291 /*
7292 * What happens next depends on the line being terminated.
7293 * If terminated with a ',' only consider it terminating if
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00007294 * there is another unterminated statement behind, eg:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007295 * 123,
7296 * sizeof
7297 * here
7298 * Otherwise check whether it is a enumeration or structure
7299 * initialisation (not indented) or a variable declaration
7300 * (indented).
7301 */
7302 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
7303
7304 if (terminated == 0 || (lookfor != LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7305 && terminated == ','))
7306 {
7307 /*
7308 * if we're in the middle of a paren thing,
7309 * go back to the line that starts it so
7310 * we can get the right prevailing indent
7311 * if ( foo &&
7312 * bar )
7313 */
7314 /*
7315 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
7316 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
7317 */
7318 (void)find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
7319 trypos = find_match_paren(
7320 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
7321 ind_maxcomment);
7322
7323 /*
7324 * If we are looking for ',', we also look for matching
7325 * braces.
7326 */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007327 if (trypos == NULL && terminated == ','
7328 && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007329 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
7330
7331 if (trypos != NULL)
7332 {
7333 /*
7334 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
7335 * handled above.
7336 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
7337 * asdf)
7338 */
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007339 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007340 l = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007341 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007342 {
7343 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007344 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007345 continue;
7346 }
7347 }
7348
7349 /*
7350 * Skip over continuation lines to find the one to get the
7351 * indent from
7352 * char *usethis = "bla\
7353 * bla",
7354 * here;
7355 */
7356 if (terminated == ',')
7357 {
7358 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7359 {
7360 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7361 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
7362 break;
7363 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007364 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007365 }
7366 }
7367
7368 /*
7369 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
7370 * ignoring any jump label. XXX
7371 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007372 if (!ind_js)
7373 cur_amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007374 &l, ind_maxcomment);
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007375 else
7376 cur_amount = get_indent();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007377 /*
7378 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, and it
7379 * starts with a '{', line it up with this line.
7380 * while (not)
7381 * -> {
7382 * }
7383 */
7384 if (terminated != ',' && lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
7385 && theline[0] == '{')
7386 {
7387 amount = cur_amount;
7388 /*
7389 * Only add ind_open_extra when the current line
7390 * doesn't start with a '{', which must have a match
7391 * in the same line (scope is the same). Probably:
7392 * { 1, 2 },
7393 * -> { 3, 4 }
7394 */
7395 if (*skipwhite(l) != '{')
7396 amount += ind_open_extra;
7397
7398 if (ind_cpp_baseclass)
7399 {
7400 /* have to look back, whether it is a cpp base
7401 * class declaration or initialization */
7402 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
7403 continue;
7404 }
7405 break;
7406 }
7407
7408 /*
7409 * Check if we are after an "if", "while", etc.
7410 * Also allow " } else".
7411 */
7412 if (cin_is_cinword(l) || cin_iselse(skipwhite(l)))
7413 {
7414 /*
7415 * Found an unterminated line after an if (), line up
7416 * with the last one.
7417 * if (cond)
7418 * 100 +
7419 * -> here;
7420 */
7421 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7422 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7423 {
7424 if (cont_amount > 0)
7425 amount = cont_amount;
7426 else
7427 amount += ind_continuation;
7428 break;
7429 }
7430
7431 /*
7432 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, we
7433 * are finished.
7434 * while (not)
7435 * -> here;
7436 * Otherwise this indent can be used when the line
7437 * before this is terminated.
7438 * yyy;
7439 * if (stat)
7440 * while (not)
7441 * xxx;
7442 * -> here;
7443 */
7444 amount = cur_amount;
7445 if (theline[0] == '{')
7446 amount += ind_open_extra;
7447 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
7448 {
7449 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
7450 break;
7451 }
7452
7453 /*
7454 * Special trick: when expecting the while () after a
7455 * do, line up with the while()
7456 * do
7457 * x = 1;
7458 * -> here
7459 */
7460 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline());
7461 if (cin_isdo(l))
7462 {
7463 if (whilelevel == 0)
7464 break;
7465 --whilelevel;
7466 }
7467
7468 /*
7469 * When searching for a terminated line, don't use the
7470 * one between the "if" and the "else".
7471 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
7472 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
7473 */
7474 if (cin_iselse(l)
7475 && whilelevel == 0
7476 && ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7477 == NULL
7478 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
7479 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL))
7480 break;
7481 }
7482
7483 /*
7484 * If we're below an unterminated line that is not an
7485 * "if" or something, we may line up with this line or
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00007486 * add something for a continuation line, depending on
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007487 * the line before this one.
7488 */
7489 else
7490 {
7491 /*
7492 * Found two unterminated lines on a row, line up with
7493 * the last one.
7494 * c = 99 +
7495 * 100 +
7496 * -> here;
7497 */
7498 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7499 {
7500 /* When line ends in a comma add extra indent */
7501 if (terminated == ',')
7502 amount += ind_continuation;
7503 break;
7504 }
7505
7506 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7507 {
7508 /* Found two lines ending in ',', lineup with the
7509 * lowest one, but check for cpp base class
7510 * declaration/initialization, if it is an
7511 * opening brace or we are looking just for
7512 * enumerations/initializations. */
7513 if (terminated == ',')
7514 {
7515 if (ind_cpp_baseclass == 0)
7516 break;
7517
7518 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
7519 continue;
7520 }
7521
7522 /* Ignore unterminated lines in between, but
7523 * reduce indent. */
7524 if (amount > cur_amount)
7525 amount = cur_amount;
7526 }
7527 else
7528 {
7529 /*
7530 * Found first unterminated line on a row, may
7531 * line up with this line, remember its indent
7532 * 100 +
7533 * -> here;
7534 */
7535 amount = cur_amount;
7536
7537 /*
7538 * If previous line ends in ',', check whether we
7539 * are in an initialization or enum
7540 * struct xxx =
7541 * {
7542 * sizeof a,
7543 * 124 };
7544 * or a normal possible continuation line.
7545 * but only, of no other statement has been found
7546 * yet.
7547 */
7548 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL && terminated == ',')
7549 {
7550 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT;
7551 cont_amount = cin_first_id_amount();
7552 }
7553 else
7554 {
7555 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL
7556 && *l != NUL
7557 && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
7558 /* XXX */
7559 cont_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(
7560 curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
7561 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
7562 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
7563 }
7564 }
7565 }
7566 }
7567
7568 /*
7569 * Check if we are after a while (cond);
7570 * If so: Ignore until the matching "do".
7571 */
7572 /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00007573 else if (cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen,
7574 ind_maxcomment))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007575 {
7576 /*
7577 * Found an unterminated line after a while ();, line up
7578 * with the last one.
7579 * while (cond);
7580 * 100 + <- line up with this one
7581 * -> here;
7582 */
7583 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7584 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7585 {
7586 if (cont_amount > 0)
7587 amount = cont_amount;
7588 else
7589 amount += ind_continuation;
7590 break;
7591 }
7592
7593 if (whilelevel == 0)
7594 {
7595 lookfor = LOOKFOR_TERM;
7596 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7597 if (theline[0] == '{')
7598 amount += ind_open_extra;
7599 }
7600 ++whilelevel;
7601 }
7602
7603 /*
7604 * We are after a "normal" statement.
7605 * If we had another statement we can stop now and use the
7606 * indent of that other statement.
7607 * Otherwise the indent of the current statement may be used,
7608 * search backwards for the next "normal" statement.
7609 */
7610 else
7611 {
7612 /*
7613 * Skip single break line, if before a switch label. It
7614 * may be lined up with the case label.
7615 */
7616 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_NOBREAK
7617 && cin_isbreak(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
7618 {
7619 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ANY;
7620 continue;
7621 }
7622
7623 /*
7624 * Handle "do {" line.
7625 */
7626 if (whilelevel > 0)
7627 {
7628 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7629 if (cin_isdo(l))
7630 {
7631 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7632 --whilelevel;
7633 continue;
7634 }
7635 }
7636
7637 /*
7638 * Found a terminated line above an unterminated line. Add
7639 * the amount for a continuation line.
7640 * x = 1;
7641 * y = foo +
7642 * -> here;
7643 * or
7644 * int x = 1;
7645 * int foo,
7646 * -> here;
7647 */
7648 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7649 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7650 {
7651 if (cont_amount > 0)
7652 amount = cont_amount;
7653 else
7654 amount += ind_continuation;
7655 break;
7656 }
7657
7658 /*
7659 * Found a terminated line above a terminated line or "if"
7660 * etc. line. Use the amount of the line below us.
7661 * x = 1; x = 1;
7662 * if (asdf) y = 2;
7663 * while (asdf) ->here;
7664 * here;
7665 * ->foo;
7666 */
7667 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
7668 {
7669 if (!lookfor_break && whilelevel == 0)
7670 break;
7671 }
7672
7673 /*
7674 * First line above the one we're indenting is terminated.
7675 * To know what needs to be done look further backward for
7676 * a terminated line.
7677 */
7678 else
7679 {
7680 /*
7681 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so
7682 * that matching it will take us back to the start of
7683 * the line. Helps for:
7684 * func(asdr,
7685 * asdfasdf);
7686 * here;
7687 */
7688term_again:
7689 l = ml_get_curline();
7690 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
7691 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7692 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7693 {
7694 /*
7695 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
7696 * handled above.
7697 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
7698 * asdf)
7699 */
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007700 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007701 l = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007702 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007703 {
7704 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007705 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007706 continue;
7707 }
7708 }
7709
7710 /* When aligning with the case statement, don't align
7711 * with a statement after it.
7712 * case 1: { <-- don't use this { position
7713 * stat;
7714 * }
7715 * case 2:
7716 * stat;
7717 * }
7718 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007719 iscase = (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(l, FALSE));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007720
7721 /*
7722 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
7723 * ignoring any jump label.
7724 */
7725 amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
7726 &l, ind_maxcomment);
7727
7728 if (theline[0] == '{')
7729 amount += ind_open_extra;
7730 /* See remark above: "Only add ind_open_extra.." */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007731 l = skipwhite(l);
7732 if (*l == '{')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007733 amount -= ind_open_extra;
7734 lookfor = iscase ? LOOKFOR_ANY : LOOKFOR_TERM;
7735
7736 /*
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007737 * When a terminated line starts with "else" skip to
7738 * the matching "if":
7739 * else 3;
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00007740 * indent this;
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007741 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
7742 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
7743 */
7744 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM
7745 && *l != '}'
7746 && cin_iselse(l)
7747 && whilelevel == 0)
7748 {
7749 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7750 == NULL
7751 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
7752 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL)
7753 break;
7754 continue;
7755 }
7756
7757 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007758 * If we're at the end of a block, skip to the start of
7759 * that block.
7760 */
7761 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7762 if (*cin_skipcomment(l) == '}'
7763 && (trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7764 != NULL) /* XXX */
7765 {
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007766 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007767 /* if not "else {" check for terminated again */
7768 /* but skip block for "} else {" */
7769 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7770 if (*l == '}' || !cin_iselse(l))
7771 goto term_again;
7772 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007773 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007774 }
7775 }
7776 }
7777 }
7778 }
7779 }
7780
7781 /* add extra indent for a comment */
7782 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
7783 amount += ind_comment;
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02007784
7785 /* subtract extra left-shift for jump labels */
7786 if (ind_jump_label > 0 && original_line_islabel)
7787 amount -= ind_jump_label;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007788 }
7789
7790 /*
7791 * ok -- we're not inside any sort of structure at all!
7792 *
7793 * this means we're at the top level, and everything should
7794 * basically just match where the previous line is, except
7795 * for the lines immediately following a function declaration,
7796 * which are K&R-style parameters and need to be indented.
7797 */
7798 else
7799 {
7800 /*
7801 * if our line starts with an open brace, forget about any
7802 * prevailing indent and make sure it looks like the start
7803 * of a function
7804 */
7805
7806 if (theline[0] == '{')
7807 {
7808 amount = ind_first_open;
7809 }
7810
7811 /*
7812 * If the NEXT line is a function declaration, the current
7813 * line needs to be indented as a function type spec.
Bram Moolenaar1a89bbe2010-03-02 12:38:22 +01007814 * Don't do this if the current line looks like a comment or if the
7815 * current line is terminated, ie. ends in ';', or if the current line
7816 * contains { or }: "void f() {\n if (1)"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007817 */
7818 else if (cur_curpos.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
7819 && !cin_nocode(theline)
Bram Moolenaar1a89bbe2010-03-02 12:38:22 +01007820 && vim_strchr(theline, '{') == NULL
7821 && vim_strchr(theline, '}') == NULL
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007822 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)":", NULL)
7823 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7824 && cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum + 1)
7825 && !cin_isterminated(theline, FALSE, TRUE))
7826 {
7827 amount = ind_func_type;
7828 }
7829 else
7830 {
7831 amount = 0;
7832 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
7833
7834 /* search backwards until we find something we recognize */
7835
7836 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7837 {
7838 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
7839 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7840
7841 l = ml_get_curline();
7842
7843 /*
7844 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
7845 */ /* XXX */
7846 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7847 {
7848 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007849 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007850 continue;
7851 }
7852
7853 /*
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007854 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
7855 * constructor initialization?
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007856 */ /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007857 n = FALSE;
7858 if (ind_cpp_baseclass != 0 && theline[0] != '{')
7859 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00007860 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col);
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007861 l = ml_get_curline();
7862 }
7863 if (n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007864 {
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007865 /* XXX */
7866 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen,
7867 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007868 break;
7869 }
7870
7871 /*
7872 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
7873 */
7874 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7875 continue;
7876
7877 if (cin_nocode(l))
7878 continue;
7879
7880 /*
7881 * If the previous line ends in ',', use one level of
7882 * indentation:
7883 * int foo,
7884 * bar;
7885 * do this before checking for '}' in case of eg.
7886 * enum foobar
7887 * {
7888 * ...
7889 * } foo,
7890 * bar;
7891 */
7892 n = 0;
7893 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7894 || (*l != NUL && (n = l[STRLEN(l) - 1]) == '\\'))
7895 {
7896 /* take us back to opening paren */
7897 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
7898 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7899 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007900 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007901
7902 /* For a line ending in ',' that is a continuation line go
7903 * back to the first line with a backslash:
7904 * char *foo = "bla\
7905 * bla",
7906 * here;
7907 */
7908 while (n == 0 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7909 {
7910 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7911 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
7912 break;
7913 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007914 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007915 }
7916
7917 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7918
7919 if (amount == 0)
7920 amount = cin_first_id_amount();
7921 if (amount == 0)
7922 amount = ind_continuation;
7923 break;
7924 }
7925
7926 /*
7927 * If the line looks like a function declaration, and we're
7928 * not in a comment, put it the left margin.
7929 */
7930 if (cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum)) /* XXX */
7931 break;
7932 l = ml_get_curline();
7933
7934 /*
7935 * Finding the closing '}' of a previous function. Put
7936 * current line at the left margin. For when 'cino' has "fs".
7937 */
7938 if (*skipwhite(l) == '}')
7939 break;
7940
7941 /* (matching {)
7942 * If the previous line ends on '};' (maybe followed by
7943 * comments) align at column 0. For example:
7944 * char *string_array[] = { "foo",
7945 * / * x * / "b};ar" }; / * foobar * /
7946 */
7947 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"};", NULL))
7948 break;
7949
7950 /*
7951 * If the PREVIOUS line is a function declaration, the current
7952 * line (and the ones that follow) needs to be indented as
7953 * parameters.
7954 */
7955 if (cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7956 {
7957 amount = ind_param;
7958 break;
7959 }
7960
7961 /*
7962 * If the previous line ends in ';' and the line before the
7963 * previous line ends in ',' or '\', ident to column zero:
7964 * int foo,
7965 * bar;
7966 * indent_to_0 here;
7967 */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007968 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)";", NULL))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007969 {
7970 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7971 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7972 || (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\'))
7973 break;
7974 l = ml_get_curline();
7975 }
7976
7977 /*
7978 * Doesn't look like anything interesting -- so just
7979 * use the indent of this line.
7980 *
7981 * Position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
7982 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
7983 */
7984 find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
7985
7986 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7987 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007988 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007989 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7990 break;
7991 }
7992
7993 /* add extra indent for a comment */
7994 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
7995 amount += ind_comment;
7996
7997 /* add extra indent if the previous line ended in a backslash:
7998 * "asdfasdf\
7999 * here";
8000 * char *foo = "asdf\
8001 * here";
8002 */
8003 if (cur_curpos.lnum > 1)
8004 {
8005 l = ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
8006 if (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
8007 {
8008 cur_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
8009 if (cur_amount > 0)
8010 amount = cur_amount;
8011 else if (cur_amount == 0)
8012 amount += ind_continuation;
8013 }
8014 }
8015 }
8016 }
8017
8018theend:
8019 /* put the cursor back where it belongs */
8020 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
8021
8022 vim_free(linecopy);
8023
8024 if (amount < 0)
8025 return 0;
8026 return amount;
8027}
8028
8029 static int
8030find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
8031 int lookfor;
8032 linenr_T ourscope;
8033 int ind_maxparen;
8034 int ind_maxcomment;
8035{
8036 char_u *look;
8037 pos_T *theirscope;
8038 char_u *mightbeif;
8039 int elselevel;
8040 int whilelevel;
8041
8042 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
8043 {
8044 elselevel = 1;
8045 whilelevel = 0;
8046 }
8047 else
8048 {
8049 elselevel = 0;
8050 whilelevel = 1;
8051 }
8052
8053 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
8054
8055 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > ourscope + 1)
8056 {
8057 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
8058 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
8059
8060 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
8061 if (cin_iselse(look)
8062 || cin_isif(look)
8063 || cin_isdo(look) /* XXX */
8064 || cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
8065 {
8066 /*
8067 * if we've gone outside the braces entirely,
8068 * we must be out of scope...
8069 */
8070 theirscope = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */
8071 if (theirscope == NULL)
8072 break;
8073
8074 /*
8075 * and if the brace enclosing this is further
8076 * back than the one enclosing the else, we're
8077 * out of luck too.
8078 */
8079 if (theirscope->lnum < ourscope)
8080 break;
8081
8082 /*
8083 * and if they're enclosed in a *deeper* brace,
8084 * then we can ignore it because it's in a
8085 * different scope...
8086 */
8087 if (theirscope->lnum > ourscope)
8088 continue;
8089
8090 /*
8091 * if it was an "else" (that's not an "else if")
8092 * then we need to go back to another if, so
8093 * increment elselevel
8094 */
8095 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
8096 if (cin_iselse(look))
8097 {
8098 mightbeif = cin_skipcomment(look + 4);
8099 if (!cin_isif(mightbeif))
8100 ++elselevel;
8101 continue;
8102 }
8103
8104 /*
8105 * if it was a "while" then we need to go back to
8106 * another "do", so increment whilelevel. XXX
8107 */
8108 if (cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
8109 {
8110 ++whilelevel;
8111 continue;
8112 }
8113
8114 /* If it's an "if" decrement elselevel */
8115 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
8116 if (cin_isif(look))
8117 {
8118 elselevel--;
8119 /*
8120 * When looking for an "if" ignore "while"s that
8121 * get in the way.
8122 */
8123 if (elselevel == 0 && lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
8124 whilelevel = 0;
8125 }
8126
8127 /* If it's a "do" decrement whilelevel */
8128 if (cin_isdo(look))
8129 whilelevel--;
8130
8131 /*
8132 * if we've used up all the elses, then
8133 * this must be the if that we want!
8134 * match the indent level of that if.
8135 */
8136 if (elselevel <= 0 && whilelevel <= 0)
8137 {
8138 return OK;
8139 }
8140 }
8141 }
8142 return FAIL;
8143}
8144
8145# if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
8146/*
8147 * Get indent level from 'indentexpr'.
8148 */
8149 int
8150get_expr_indent()
8151{
8152 int indent;
8153 pos_T pos;
8154 int save_State;
Bram Moolenaard1f56e62006-02-22 21:25:37 +00008155 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"indentexpr",
8156 OPT_LOCAL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008157
8158 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
8159 set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
Bram Moolenaarb71eaae2006-01-20 23:10:18 +00008160 if (use_sandbox)
8161 ++sandbox;
8162 ++textlock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008163 indent = eval_to_number(curbuf->b_p_inde);
Bram Moolenaarb71eaae2006-01-20 23:10:18 +00008164 if (use_sandbox)
8165 --sandbox;
8166 --textlock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008167
8168 /* Restore the cursor position so that 'indentexpr' doesn't need to.
8169 * Pretend to be in Insert mode, allow cursor past end of line for "o"
8170 * command. */
8171 save_State = State;
8172 State = INSERT;
8173 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
8174 check_cursor();
8175 State = save_State;
8176
8177 /* If there is an error, just keep the current indent. */
8178 if (indent < 0)
8179 indent = get_indent();
8180
8181 return indent;
8182}
8183# endif
8184
8185#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
8186
8187#if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(PROTO)
8188
8189static int lisp_match __ARGS((char_u *p));
8190
8191 static int
8192lisp_match(p)
8193 char_u *p;
8194{
8195 char_u buf[LSIZE];
8196 int len;
8197 char_u *word = p_lispwords;
8198
8199 while (*word != NUL)
8200 {
8201 (void)copy_option_part(&word, buf, LSIZE, ",");
8202 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
8203 if (STRNCMP(buf, p, len) == 0 && p[len] == ' ')
8204 return TRUE;
8205 }
8206 return FALSE;
8207}
8208
8209/*
8210 * When 'p' is present in 'cpoptions, a Vi compatible method is used.
8211 * The incompatible newer method is quite a bit better at indenting
8212 * code in lisp-like languages than the traditional one; it's still
8213 * mostly heuristics however -- Dirk van Deun, dirk@rave.org
8214 *
8215 * TODO:
8216 * Findmatch() should be adapted for lisp, also to make showmatch
8217 * work correctly: now (v5.3) it seems all C/C++ oriented:
8218 * - it does not recognize the #\( and #\) notations as character literals
8219 * - it doesn't know about comments starting with a semicolon
8220 * - it incorrectly interprets '(' as a character literal
8221 * All this messes up get_lisp_indent in some rare cases.
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008222 * Update from Sergey Khorev:
8223 * I tried to fix the first two issues.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008224 */
8225 int
8226get_lisp_indent()
8227{
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008228 pos_T *pos, realpos, paren;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008229 int amount;
8230 char_u *that;
8231 colnr_T col;
8232 colnr_T firsttry;
8233 int parencount, quotecount;
8234 int vi_lisp;
8235
8236 /* Set vi_lisp to use the vi-compatible method */
8237 vi_lisp = (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISP) != NULL);
8238
8239 realpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8240 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
8241
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008242 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) == NULL)
8243 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
8244 else
8245 {
8246 paren = *pos;
8247 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
8248 if (pos == NULL || ltp(pos, &paren))
8249 pos = &paren;
8250 }
8251 if (pos != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008252 {
8253 /* Extra trick: Take the indent of the first previous non-white
8254 * line that is at the same () level. */
8255 amount = -1;
8256 parencount = 0;
8257
8258 while (--curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= pos->lnum)
8259 {
8260 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
8261 continue;
8262 for (that = ml_get_curline(); *that != NUL; ++that)
8263 {
8264 if (*that == ';')
8265 {
8266 while (*(that + 1) != NUL)
8267 ++that;
8268 continue;
8269 }
8270 if (*that == '\\')
8271 {
8272 if (*(that + 1) != NUL)
8273 ++that;
8274 continue;
8275 }
8276 if (*that == '"' && *(that + 1) != NUL)
8277 {
Bram Moolenaar15ff6c12006-09-15 18:18:09 +00008278 while (*++that && *that != '"')
8279 {
8280 /* skipping escaped characters in the string */
8281 if (*that == '\\')
8282 {
8283 if (*++that == NUL)
8284 break;
8285 if (that[1] == NUL)
8286 {
8287 ++that;
8288 break;
8289 }
8290 }
8291 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008292 }
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008293 if (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008294 ++parencount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008295 else if (*that == ')' || *that == ']')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008296 --parencount;
8297 }
8298 if (parencount == 0)
8299 {
8300 amount = get_indent();
8301 break;
8302 }
8303 }
8304
8305 if (amount == -1)
8306 {
8307 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
8308 curwin->w_cursor.col = pos->col;
8309 col = pos->col;
8310
8311 that = ml_get_curline();
8312
8313 if (vi_lisp && get_indent() == 0)
8314 amount = 2;
8315 else
8316 {
8317 amount = 0;
8318 while (*that && col)
8319 {
8320 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, (colnr_T)amount);
8321 col--;
8322 }
8323
8324 /*
8325 * Some keywords require "body" indenting rules (the
8326 * non-standard-lisp ones are Scheme special forms):
8327 *
8328 * (let ((a 1)) instead (let ((a 1))
8329 * (...)) of (...))
8330 */
8331
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008332 if (!vi_lisp && (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
8333 && lisp_match(that + 1))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008334 amount += 2;
8335 else
8336 {
8337 that++;
8338 amount++;
8339 firsttry = amount;
8340
8341 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
8342 {
8343 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
8344 ++that;
8345 }
8346
8347 if (*that && *that != ';') /* not a comment line */
8348 {
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00008349 /* test *that != '(' to accommodate first let/do
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008350 * argument if it is more than one line */
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008351 if (!vi_lisp && *that != '(' && *that != '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008352 firsttry++;
8353
8354 parencount = 0;
8355 quotecount = 0;
8356
8357 if (vi_lisp
8358 || (*that != '"'
8359 && *that != '\''
8360 && *that != '#'
8361 && (*that < '0' || *that > '9')))
8362 {
8363 while (*that
8364 && (!vim_iswhite(*that)
8365 || quotecount
8366 || parencount)
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008367 && (!((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008368 && !quotecount
8369 && !parencount
8370 && vi_lisp)))
8371 {
8372 if (*that == '"')
8373 quotecount = !quotecount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008374 if ((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
8375 && !quotecount)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008376 ++parencount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008377 if ((*that == ')' || *that == ']')
8378 && !quotecount)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008379 --parencount;
8380 if (*that == '\\' && *(that+1) != NUL)
8381 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
8382 (colnr_T)amount);
8383 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
8384 (colnr_T)amount);
8385 }
8386 }
8387 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
8388 {
8389 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
8390 that++;
8391 }
8392 if (!*that || *that == ';')
8393 amount = firsttry;
8394 }
8395 }
8396 }
8397 }
8398 }
8399 else
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008400 amount = 0; /* no matching '(' or '[' found, use zero indent */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008401
8402 curwin->w_cursor = realpos;
8403
8404 return amount;
8405}
8406#endif /* FEAT_LISP */
8407
8408 void
8409prepare_to_exit()
8410{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00008411#if defined(SIGHUP) && defined(SIG_IGN)
8412 /* Ignore SIGHUP, because a dropped connection causes a read error, which
8413 * makes Vim exit and then handling SIGHUP causes various reentrance
8414 * problems. */
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00008415 signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN);
8416#endif
8417
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008418#ifdef FEAT_GUI
8419 if (gui.in_use)
8420 {
8421 gui.dying = TRUE;
8422 out_trash(); /* trash any pending output */
8423 }
8424 else
8425#endif
8426 {
8427 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0);
8428
8429 /*
8430 * Switch terminal mode back now, so messages end up on the "normal"
8431 * screen (if there are two screens).
8432 */
8433 settmode(TMODE_COOK);
8434#ifdef WIN3264
8435 if (can_end_termcap_mode(FALSE) == TRUE)
8436#endif
8437 stoptermcap();
8438 out_flush();
8439 }
8440}
8441
8442/*
8443 * Preserve files and exit.
8444 * When called IObuff must contain a message.
8445 */
8446 void
8447preserve_exit()
8448{
8449 buf_T *buf;
8450
8451 prepare_to_exit();
8452
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00008453 /* Setting this will prevent free() calls. That avoids calling free()
8454 * recursively when free() was invoked with a bad pointer. */
8455 really_exiting = TRUE;
8456
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008457 out_str(IObuff);
8458 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8459 out_flush();
8460
8461 ml_close_notmod(); /* close all not-modified buffers */
8462
8463 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
8464 {
8465 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL && buf->b_ml.ml_mfp->mf_fname != NULL)
8466 {
8467 OUT_STR(_("Vim: preserving files...\n"));
8468 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8469 out_flush();
8470 ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE); /* preserve all swap files */
8471 break;
8472 }
8473 }
8474
8475 ml_close_all(FALSE); /* close all memfiles, without deleting */
8476
8477 OUT_STR(_("Vim: Finished.\n"));
8478
8479 getout(1);
8480}
8481
8482/*
8483 * return TRUE if "fname" exists.
8484 */
8485 int
8486vim_fexists(fname)
8487 char_u *fname;
8488{
8489 struct stat st;
8490
8491 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st))
8492 return FALSE;
8493 return TRUE;
8494}
8495
8496/*
8497 * Check for CTRL-C pressed, but only once in a while.
8498 * Should be used instead of ui_breakcheck() for functions that check for
8499 * each line in the file. Calling ui_breakcheck() each time takes too much
8500 * time, because it can be a system call.
8501 */
8502
8503#ifndef BREAKCHECK_SKIP
8504# ifdef FEAT_GUI /* assume the GUI only runs on fast computers */
8505# define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 200
8506# else
8507# define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 32
8508# endif
8509#endif
8510
8511static int breakcheck_count = 0;
8512
8513 void
8514line_breakcheck()
8515{
8516 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP)
8517 {
8518 breakcheck_count = 0;
8519 ui_breakcheck();
8520 }
8521}
8522
8523/*
8524 * Like line_breakcheck() but check 10 times less often.
8525 */
8526 void
8527fast_breakcheck()
8528{
8529 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP * 10)
8530 {
8531 breakcheck_count = 0;
8532 ui_breakcheck();
8533 }
8534}
8535
8536/*
Bram Moolenaard7834d32009-12-02 16:14:36 +00008537 * Invoke expand_wildcards() for one pattern.
8538 * Expand items like "%:h" before the expansion.
8539 * Returns OK or FAIL.
8540 */
8541 int
8542expand_wildcards_eval(pat, num_file, file, flags)
8543 char_u **pat; /* pointer to input pattern */
8544 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
8545 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
8546 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */
8547{
8548 int ret = FAIL;
8549 char_u *eval_pat = NULL;
8550 char_u *exp_pat = *pat;
8551 char_u *ignored_msg;
8552 int usedlen;
8553
8554 if (*exp_pat == '%' || *exp_pat == '#' || *exp_pat == '<')
8555 {
8556 ++emsg_off;
8557 eval_pat = eval_vars(exp_pat, exp_pat, &usedlen,
8558 NULL, &ignored_msg, NULL);
8559 --emsg_off;
8560 if (eval_pat != NULL)
8561 exp_pat = concat_str(eval_pat, exp_pat + usedlen);
8562 }
8563
8564 if (exp_pat != NULL)
8565 ret = expand_wildcards(1, &exp_pat, num_file, file, flags);
8566
8567 if (eval_pat != NULL)
8568 {
8569 vim_free(exp_pat);
8570 vim_free(eval_pat);
8571 }
8572
8573 return ret;
8574}
8575
8576/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008577 * Expand wildcards. Calls gen_expand_wildcards() and removes files matching
8578 * 'wildignore'.
Bram Moolenaar9e193ac2010-07-19 23:11:27 +02008579 * Returns OK or FAIL. When FAIL then "num_file" won't be set.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008580 */
8581 int
8582expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
8583 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
8584 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
8585 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
8586 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
8587 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */
8588{
8589 int retval;
8590 int i, j;
8591 char_u *p;
8592 int non_suf_match; /* number without matching suffix */
8593
8594 retval = gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
8595
8596 /* When keeping all matches, return here */
Bram Moolenaar9e193ac2010-07-19 23:11:27 +02008597 if ((flags & EW_KEEPALL) || retval == FAIL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008598 return retval;
8599
8600#ifdef FEAT_WILDIGN
8601 /*
8602 * Remove names that match 'wildignore'.
8603 */
8604 if (*p_wig)
8605 {
8606 char_u *ffname;
8607
8608 /* check all files in (*file)[] */
8609 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
8610 {
8611 ffname = FullName_save((*file)[i], FALSE);
8612 if (ffname == NULL) /* out of memory */
8613 break;
8614# ifdef VMS
8615 vms_remove_version(ffname);
8616# endif
8617 if (match_file_list(p_wig, (*file)[i], ffname))
8618 {
8619 /* remove this matching file from the list */
8620 vim_free((*file)[i]);
8621 for (j = i; j + 1 < *num_file; ++j)
8622 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j + 1];
8623 --*num_file;
8624 --i;
8625 }
8626 vim_free(ffname);
8627 }
8628 }
8629#endif
8630
8631 /*
8632 * Move the names where 'suffixes' match to the end.
8633 */
8634 if (*num_file > 1)
8635 {
8636 non_suf_match = 0;
8637 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
8638 {
8639 if (!match_suffix((*file)[i]))
8640 {
8641 /*
8642 * Move the name without matching suffix to the front
8643 * of the list.
8644 */
8645 p = (*file)[i];
8646 for (j = i; j > non_suf_match; --j)
8647 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j - 1];
8648 (*file)[non_suf_match++] = p;
8649 }
8650 }
8651 }
8652
8653 return retval;
8654}
8655
8656/*
8657 * Return TRUE if "fname" matches with an entry in 'suffixes'.
8658 */
8659 int
8660match_suffix(fname)
8661 char_u *fname;
8662{
8663 int fnamelen, setsuflen;
8664 char_u *setsuf;
8665#define MAXSUFLEN 30 /* maximum length of a file suffix */
8666 char_u suf_buf[MAXSUFLEN];
8667
8668 fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(fname);
8669 setsuflen = 0;
8670 for (setsuf = p_su; *setsuf; )
8671 {
8672 setsuflen = copy_option_part(&setsuf, suf_buf, MAXSUFLEN, ".,");
Bram Moolenaar055a2ba2009-07-14 19:40:21 +00008673 if (setsuflen == 0)
8674 {
8675 char_u *tail = gettail(fname);
8676
8677 /* empty entry: match name without a '.' */
8678 if (vim_strchr(tail, '.') == NULL)
8679 {
8680 setsuflen = 1;
8681 break;
8682 }
8683 }
8684 else
8685 {
8686 if (fnamelen >= setsuflen
8687 && fnamencmp(suf_buf, fname + fnamelen - setsuflen,
8688 (size_t)setsuflen) == 0)
8689 break;
8690 setsuflen = 0;
8691 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008692 }
8693 return (setsuflen != 0);
8694}
8695
8696#if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO)
8697
8698# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
8699static int vim_backtick __ARGS((char_u *p));
8700static int expand_backtick __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pat, int flags));
8701# endif
8702
8703# if defined(MSDOS) || defined(FEAT_GUI_W16) || defined(WIN3264)
8704/*
8705 * File name expansion code for MS-DOS, Win16 and Win32. It's here because
8706 * it's shared between these systems.
8707 */
8708# if defined(DJGPP) || defined(PROTO)
8709# define _cdecl /* DJGPP doesn't have this */
8710# else
8711# ifdef __BORLANDC__
8712# define _cdecl _RTLENTRYF
8713# endif
8714# endif
8715
8716/*
8717 * comparison function for qsort in dos_expandpath()
8718 */
8719 static int _cdecl
8720pstrcmp(const void *a, const void *b)
8721{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00008722 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008723}
8724
8725# ifndef WIN3264
8726 static void
8727namelowcpy(
8728 char_u *d,
8729 char_u *s)
8730{
8731# ifdef DJGPP
8732 if (USE_LONG_FNAME) /* don't lower case on Windows 95/NT systems */
8733 while (*s)
8734 *d++ = *s++;
8735 else
8736# endif
8737 while (*s)
8738 *d++ = TOLOWER_LOC(*s++);
8739 *d = NUL;
8740}
8741# endif
8742
8743/*
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008744 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
8745 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008746 * Return the number of matches found.
8747 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
8748 * at "path[wildoff]".
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008749 * Return the number of matches found.
8750 * NOTE: much of this is identical to unix_expandpath(), keep in sync!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008751 */
8752 static int
8753dos_expandpath(
8754 garray_T *gap,
8755 char_u *path,
8756 int wildoff,
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008757 int flags, /* EW_* flags */
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00008758 int didstar) /* expanded "**" once already */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008759{
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008760 char_u *buf;
8761 char_u *path_end;
8762 char_u *p, *s, *e;
8763 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
8764 char_u *pat;
8765 regmatch_T regmatch;
8766 int starts_with_dot;
8767 int matches;
8768 int len;
8769 int starstar = FALSE;
8770 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008771#ifdef WIN3264
8772 WIN32_FIND_DATA fb;
8773 HANDLE hFind = (HANDLE)0;
8774# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8775 WIN32_FIND_DATAW wfb;
8776 WCHAR *wn = NULL; /* UCS-2 name, NULL when not used. */
8777# endif
8778#else
8779 struct ffblk fb;
8780#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008781 char_u *matchname;
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008782 int ok;
8783
8784 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
8785 if (stardepth > 0)
8786 {
8787 ui_breakcheck();
8788 if (got_int)
8789 return 0;
8790 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008791
8792 /* make room for file name */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008793 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008794 if (buf == NULL)
8795 return 0;
8796
8797 /*
8798 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard or a ~1.
8799 * Copy it into buf, including the preceding characters.
8800 */
8801 p = buf;
8802 s = buf;
8803 e = NULL;
8804 path_end = path;
8805 while (*path_end != NUL)
8806 {
8807 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
8808 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
8809 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
8810 *p++ = *path_end++;
8811 else if (*path_end == '\\' || *path_end == ':' || *path_end == '/')
8812 {
8813 if (e != NULL)
8814 break;
8815 s = p + 1;
8816 }
8817 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
8818 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[~", *path_end) != NULL)
8819 e = p;
8820#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8821 if (has_mbyte)
8822 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00008823 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008824 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
8825 p += len;
8826 path_end += len;
8827 }
8828 else
8829#endif
8830 *p++ = *path_end++;
8831 }
8832 e = p;
8833 *e = NUL;
8834
8835 /* now we have one wildcard component between s and e */
8836 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
8837 * component. */
8838 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
8839 if (rem_backslash(p))
8840 {
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00008841 STRMOVE(p, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008842 --e;
8843 --s;
8844 }
8845
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008846 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
8847 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
8848 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
8849 starstar = TRUE;
8850
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008851 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
8852 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
8853 if (pat == NULL)
8854 {
8855 vim_free(buf);
8856 return 0;
8857 }
8858
8859 /* compile the regexp into a program */
8860 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Always ignore case */
8861 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
8862 vim_free(pat);
8863
8864 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
8865 {
8866 vim_free(buf);
8867 return 0;
8868 }
8869
8870 /* remember the pattern or file name being looked for */
8871 matchname = vim_strsave(s);
8872
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008873 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
8874 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
8875 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
8876 && *path_end == '/')
8877 {
8878 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
8879 ++stardepth;
8880 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
8881 --stardepth;
8882 }
8883
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008884 /* Scan all files in the directory with "dir/ *.*" */
8885 STRCPY(s, "*.*");
8886#ifdef WIN3264
8887# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8888 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
8889 {
8890 /* The active codepage differs from 'encoding'. Attempt using the
8891 * wide function. If it fails because it is not implemented fall back
8892 * to the non-wide version (for Windows 98) */
Bram Moolenaar36f692d2008-11-20 16:10:17 +00008893 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008894 if (wn != NULL)
8895 {
8896 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
8897 if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
8898 && GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED)
8899 {
8900 vim_free(wn);
8901 wn = NULL;
8902 }
8903 }
8904 }
8905
8906 if (wn == NULL)
8907# endif
8908 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
8909 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
8910#else
8911 /* If we are expanding wildcards we try both files and directories */
8912 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
8913 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
8914#endif
8915
8916 while (ok)
8917 {
8918#ifdef WIN3264
8919# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8920 if (wn != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar36f692d2008-11-20 16:10:17 +00008921 p = utf16_to_enc(wfb.cFileName, NULL); /* p is allocated here */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008922 else
8923# endif
8924 p = (char_u *)fb.cFileName;
8925#else
8926 p = (char_u *)fb.ff_name;
8927#endif
8928 /* Ignore entries starting with a dot, unless when asked for. Accept
8929 * all entries found with "matchname". */
8930 if ((p[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
8931 && (matchname == NULL
8932 || vim_regexec(&regmatch, p, (colnr_T)0)))
8933 {
8934#ifdef WIN3264
8935 STRCPY(s, p);
8936#else
8937 namelowcpy(s, p);
8938#endif
8939 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008940
8941 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
8942 {
8943 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
8944 * find matches. */
8945 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
8946 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
8947 ++stardepth;
8948 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
8949 --stardepth;
8950 }
8951
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008952 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
8953 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end))
8954 {
8955 /* need to expand another component of the path */
8956 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008957 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008958 }
8959 else
8960 {
8961 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
8962 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
8963 if (*path_end != 0)
8964 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
8965 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
8966 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
8967 }
8968 }
8969
8970#ifdef WIN3264
8971# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8972 if (wn != NULL)
8973 {
8974 vim_free(p);
8975 ok = FindNextFileW(hFind, &wfb);
8976 }
8977 else
8978# endif
8979 ok = FindNextFile(hFind, &fb);
8980#else
8981 ok = (findnext(&fb) == 0);
8982#endif
8983
8984 /* If no more matches and no match was used, try expanding the name
8985 * itself. Finds the long name of a short filename. */
8986 if (!ok && matchname != NULL && gap->ga_len == start_len)
8987 {
8988 STRCPY(s, matchname);
8989#ifdef WIN3264
8990 FindClose(hFind);
8991# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8992 if (wn != NULL)
8993 {
8994 vim_free(wn);
Bram Moolenaar36f692d2008-11-20 16:10:17 +00008995 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008996 if (wn != NULL)
8997 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
8998 }
8999 if (wn == NULL)
9000# endif
9001 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
9002 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
9003#else
9004 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
9005 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
9006#endif
9007 vim_free(matchname);
9008 matchname = NULL;
9009 }
9010 }
9011
9012#ifdef WIN3264
9013 FindClose(hFind);
9014# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9015 vim_free(wn);
9016# endif
9017#endif
9018 vim_free(buf);
9019 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
9020 vim_free(matchname);
9021
9022 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
9023 if (matches > 0)
9024 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, (size_t)matches,
9025 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
9026 return matches;
9027}
9028
9029 int
9030mch_expandpath(
9031 garray_T *gap,
9032 char_u *path,
9033 int flags) /* EW_* flags */
9034{
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009035 return dos_expandpath(gap, path, 0, flags, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009036}
9037# endif /* MSDOS || FEAT_GUI_W16 || WIN3264 */
9038
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009039#if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(VMS)) || defined(USE_UNIXFILENAME) \
9040 || defined(PROTO)
9041/*
9042 * Unix style wildcard expansion code.
9043 * It's here because it's used both for Unix and Mac.
9044 */
9045static int pstrcmp __ARGS((const void *, const void *));
9046
9047 static int
9048pstrcmp(a, b)
9049 const void *a, *b;
9050{
9051 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
9052}
9053
9054/*
9055 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
9056 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
9057 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
9058 * at "path + wildoff".
9059 * Return the number of matches found.
9060 * NOTE: much of this is identical to dos_expandpath(), keep in sync!
9061 */
9062 int
9063unix_expandpath(gap, path, wildoff, flags, didstar)
9064 garray_T *gap;
9065 char_u *path;
9066 int wildoff;
9067 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9068 int didstar; /* expanded "**" once already */
9069{
9070 char_u *buf;
9071 char_u *path_end;
9072 char_u *p, *s, *e;
9073 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
9074 char_u *pat;
9075 regmatch_T regmatch;
9076 int starts_with_dot;
9077 int matches;
9078 int len;
9079 int starstar = FALSE;
9080 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
9081
9082 DIR *dirp;
9083 struct dirent *dp;
9084
9085 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
9086 if (stardepth > 0)
9087 {
9088 ui_breakcheck();
9089 if (got_int)
9090 return 0;
9091 }
9092
9093 /* make room for file name */
9094 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
9095 if (buf == NULL)
9096 return 0;
9097
9098 /*
9099 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard.
9100 * Copy it into "buf", including the preceding characters.
9101 */
9102 p = buf;
9103 s = buf;
9104 e = NULL;
9105 path_end = path;
9106 while (*path_end != NUL)
9107 {
9108 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
9109 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
9110 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
9111 *p++ = *path_end++;
9112 else if (*path_end == '/')
9113 {
9114 if (e != NULL)
9115 break;
9116 s = p + 1;
9117 }
9118 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
9119 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[{~$", *path_end) != NULL)
9120 e = p;
9121#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9122 if (has_mbyte)
9123 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00009124 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009125 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
9126 p += len;
9127 path_end += len;
9128 }
9129 else
9130#endif
9131 *p++ = *path_end++;
9132 }
9133 e = p;
9134 *e = NUL;
9135
9136 /* now we have one wildcard component between "s" and "e" */
9137 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
9138 * component. */
9139 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
9140 if (rem_backslash(p))
9141 {
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00009142 STRMOVE(p, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009143 --e;
9144 --s;
9145 }
9146
9147 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
9148 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
9149 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
9150 starstar = TRUE;
9151
9152 /* convert the file pattern to a regexp pattern */
9153 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
9154 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
9155 if (pat == NULL)
9156 {
9157 vim_free(buf);
9158 return 0;
9159 }
9160
9161 /* compile the regexp into a program */
Bram Moolenaarcc016f52005-12-10 20:23:46 +00009162#ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009163 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Behave like Terminal.app */
9164#else
Bram Moolenaar94950a92010-12-02 16:01:29 +01009165 if (flags & EW_ICASE)
9166 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* 'wildignorecase' set */
9167 else
9168 regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE; /* Don't ignore case */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009169#endif
9170 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
9171 vim_free(pat);
9172
9173 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
9174 {
9175 vim_free(buf);
9176 return 0;
9177 }
9178
9179 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
9180 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
9181 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
9182 && *path_end == '/')
9183 {
9184 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
9185 ++stardepth;
9186 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
9187 --stardepth;
9188 }
9189
9190 /* open the directory for scanning */
9191 *s = NUL;
9192 dirp = opendir(*buf == NUL ? "." : (char *)buf);
9193
9194 /* Find all matching entries */
9195 if (dirp != NULL)
9196 {
9197 for (;;)
9198 {
9199 dp = readdir(dirp);
9200 if (dp == NULL)
9201 break;
9202 if ((dp->d_name[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
9203 && vim_regexec(&regmatch, (char_u *)dp->d_name, (colnr_T)0))
9204 {
9205 STRCPY(s, dp->d_name);
9206 len = STRLEN(buf);
9207
9208 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
9209 {
9210 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
9211 * find matches. */
9212 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
9213 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
9214 ++stardepth;
9215 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
9216 --stardepth;
9217 }
9218
9219 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
9220 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) /* handle more wildcards */
9221 {
9222 /* need to expand another component of the path */
9223 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
9224 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
9225 }
9226 else
9227 {
9228 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
9229 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
9230 if (*path_end != NUL)
9231 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
9232 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
9233 {
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00009234#ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009235 size_t precomp_len = STRLEN(buf)+1;
9236 char_u *precomp_buf =
9237 mac_precompose_path(buf, precomp_len, &precomp_len);
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00009238
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009239 if (precomp_buf)
9240 {
9241 mch_memmove(buf, precomp_buf, precomp_len);
9242 vim_free(precomp_buf);
9243 }
9244#endif
9245 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
9246 }
9247 }
9248 }
9249 }
9250
9251 closedir(dirp);
9252 }
9253
9254 vim_free(buf);
9255 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
9256
9257 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
9258 if (matches > 0)
9259 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, matches,
9260 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
9261 return matches;
9262}
9263#endif
9264
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009265#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
9266static int find_previous_pathsep __ARGS((char_u *path, char_u **psep));
9267static int is_unique __ARGS((char_u *maybe_unique, garray_T *gap, int i));
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009268static void expand_path_option __ARGS((char_u *curdir, garray_T *gap));
9269static char_u *get_path_cutoff __ARGS((char_u *fname, garray_T *gap));
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009270static void uniquefy_paths __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pattern));
9271static int expand_in_path __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pattern, int flags));
9272
9273/*
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009274 * Moves "*psep" back to the previous path separator in "path".
9275 * Returns FAIL is "*psep" ends up at the beginning of "path".
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009276 */
9277 static int
9278find_previous_pathsep(path, psep)
9279 char_u *path;
9280 char_u **psep;
9281{
9282 /* skip the current separator */
9283 if (*psep > path && vim_ispathsep(**psep))
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009284 --*psep;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009285
9286 /* find the previous separator */
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009287 while (*psep > path)
9288 {
9289 if (vim_ispathsep(**psep))
9290 return OK;
9291 mb_ptr_back(path, *psep);
9292 }
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009293
9294 return FAIL;
9295}
9296
9297/*
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009298 * Returns TRUE if "maybe_unique" is unique wrt other_paths in "gap".
9299 * "maybe_unique" is the end portion of "((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[i]".
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009300 */
9301 static int
9302is_unique(maybe_unique, gap, i)
9303 char_u *maybe_unique;
9304 garray_T *gap;
9305 int i;
9306{
9307 int j;
9308 int candidate_len;
9309 int other_path_len;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009310 char_u **other_paths = (char_u **)gap->ga_data;
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009311 char_u *rival;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009312
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009313 for (j = 0; j < gap->ga_len; j++)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009314 {
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009315 if (j == i)
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009316 continue; /* don't compare it with itself */
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009317
Bram Moolenaar624c7aa2010-07-16 20:38:52 +02009318 candidate_len = (int)STRLEN(maybe_unique);
9319 other_path_len = (int)STRLEN(other_paths[j]);
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009320 if (other_path_len < candidate_len)
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009321 continue; /* it's different when it's shorter */
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009322
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009323 rival = other_paths[j] + other_path_len - candidate_len;
Bram Moolenaarda9836c2010-08-16 21:53:27 +02009324 if (fnamecmp(maybe_unique, rival) == 0
9325 && (rival == other_paths[j] || vim_ispathsep(*(rival - 1))))
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009326 return FALSE; /* match */
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009327 }
9328
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009329 return TRUE; /* no match found */
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009330}
9331
9332/*
Bram Moolenaar1a509df2010-08-01 17:59:57 +02009333 * Split the 'path' option into an array of strings in garray_T. Relative
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009334 * paths are expanded to their equivalent fullpath. This includes the "."
9335 * (relative to current buffer directory) and empty path (relative to current
9336 * directory) notations.
9337 *
9338 * TODO: handle upward search (;) and path limiter (**N) notations by
9339 * expanding each into their equivalent path(s).
9340 */
9341 static void
9342expand_path_option(curdir, gap)
9343 char_u *curdir;
9344 garray_T *gap;
9345{
9346 char_u *path_option = *curbuf->b_p_path == NUL
9347 ? p_path : curbuf->b_p_path;
9348 char_u *buf;
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009349 char_u *p;
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009350 int len;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009351
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009352 if ((buf = alloc((int)MAXPATHL)) == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009353 return;
9354
9355 while (*path_option != NUL)
9356 {
9357 copy_option_part(&path_option, buf, MAXPATHL, " ,");
9358
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009359 if (buf[0] == '.' && (buf[1] == NUL || vim_ispathsep(buf[1])))
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009360 {
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009361 /* Relative to current buffer:
9362 * "/path/file" + "." -> "/path/"
9363 * "/path/file" + "./subdir" -> "/path/subdir" */
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009364 if (curbuf->b_ffname == NULL)
9365 continue;
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009366 p = gettail(curbuf->b_ffname);
9367 len = (int)(p - curbuf->b_ffname);
9368 if (len + (int)STRLEN(buf) >= MAXPATHL)
9369 continue;
9370 if (buf[1] == NUL)
9371 buf[len] = NUL;
9372 else
9373 STRMOVE(buf + len, buf + 2);
9374 mch_memmove(buf, curbuf->b_ffname, len);
9375 simplify_filename(buf);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009376 }
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009377 else if (buf[0] == NUL)
9378 /* relative to current directory */
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009379 STRCPY(buf, curdir);
Bram Moolenaar84f888a2010-08-05 21:40:16 +02009380 else if (path_with_url(buf))
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009381 /* URL can't be used here */
Bram Moolenaar84f888a2010-08-05 21:40:16 +02009382 continue;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009383 else if (!mch_isFullName(buf))
9384 {
9385 /* Expand relative path to their full path equivalent */
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009386 len = (int)STRLEN(curdir);
9387 if (len + (int)STRLEN(buf) + 3 > MAXPATHL)
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009388 continue;
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009389 STRMOVE(buf + len + 1, buf);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009390 STRCPY(buf, curdir);
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009391 buf[len] = PATHSEP;
Bram Moolenaar57adda12010-08-03 22:11:29 +02009392 simplify_filename(buf);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009393 }
9394
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009395 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL)
9396 break;
9397 p = vim_strsave(buf);
9398 if (p == NULL)
9399 break;
9400 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009401 }
9402
9403 vim_free(buf);
9404}
9405
9406/*
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009407 * Returns a pointer to the file or directory name in "fname" that matches the
9408 * longest path in "ga"p, or NULL if there is no match. For example:
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009409 *
9410 * path: /foo/bar/baz
9411 * fname: /foo/bar/baz/quux.txt
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009412 * returns: ^this
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009413 */
9414 static char_u *
9415get_path_cutoff(fname, gap)
9416 char_u *fname;
9417 garray_T *gap;
9418{
9419 int i;
9420 int maxlen = 0;
9421 char_u **path_part = (char_u **)gap->ga_data;
9422 char_u *cutoff = NULL;
9423
9424 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++)
9425 {
9426 int j = 0;
9427
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009428 while ((fname[j] == path_part[i][j]
Bram Moolenaar2d7c47d2010-08-10 19:50:26 +02009429# if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS)
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009430 || (vim_ispathsep(fname[j]) && vim_ispathsep(path_part[i][j]))
9431#endif
9432 ) && fname[j] != NUL && path_part[i][j] != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009433 j++;
9434 if (j > maxlen)
9435 {
9436 maxlen = j;
9437 cutoff = &fname[j];
9438 }
9439 }
9440
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009441 /* skip to the file or directory name */
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009442 if (cutoff != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02009443 while (vim_ispathsep(*cutoff))
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009444 mb_ptr_adv(cutoff);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009445
9446 return cutoff;
9447}
9448
9449/*
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009450 * Sorts, removes duplicates and modifies all the fullpath names in "gap" so
9451 * that they are unique with respect to each other while conserving the part
9452 * that matches the pattern. Beware, this is at least O(n^2) wrt "gap->ga_len".
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009453 */
9454 static void
9455uniquefy_paths(gap, pattern)
Bram Moolenaarcb9d45c2010-07-20 18:10:15 +02009456 garray_T *gap;
9457 char_u *pattern;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009458{
Bram Moolenaarcb9d45c2010-07-20 18:10:15 +02009459 int i;
9460 int len;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009461 char_u **fnames = (char_u **)gap->ga_data;
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009462 int sort_again = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009463 char_u *pat;
9464 char_u *file_pattern;
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009465 char_u *curdir;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009466 regmatch_T regmatch;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009467 garray_T path_ga;
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009468 char_u **in_curdir = NULL;
9469 char_u *short_name;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009470
Bram Moolenaarcb9d45c2010-07-20 18:10:15 +02009471 remove_duplicates(gap);
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009472 ga_init2(&path_ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 1);
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009473
9474 /*
9475 * We need to prepend a '*' at the beginning of file_pattern so that the
9476 * regex matches anywhere in the path. FIXME: is this valid for all
Bram Moolenaarb31e4382010-07-24 16:01:56 +02009477 * possible patterns?
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009478 */
Bram Moolenaar624c7aa2010-07-16 20:38:52 +02009479 len = (int)STRLEN(pattern);
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009480 file_pattern = alloc(len + 2);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009481 if (file_pattern == NULL)
9482 return;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009483 file_pattern[0] = '*';
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009484 file_pattern[1] = NUL;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009485 STRCAT(file_pattern, pattern);
9486 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(file_pattern, NULL, NULL, TRUE);
9487 vim_free(file_pattern);
Bram Moolenaarb31e4382010-07-24 16:01:56 +02009488 if (pat == NULL)
9489 return;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009490
Bram Moolenaarb31e4382010-07-24 16:01:56 +02009491 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* always ignore case */
9492 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING);
9493 vim_free(pat);
9494 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009495 return;
9496
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009497 if ((curdir = alloc((int)(MAXPATHL))) == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009498 goto theend;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009499 mch_dirname(curdir, MAXPATHL);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009500 expand_path_option(curdir, &path_ga);
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009501
9502 in_curdir = (char_u **)alloc_clear(gap->ga_len * sizeof(char_u *));
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009503 if (in_curdir == NULL)
9504 goto theend;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009505
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009506 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len && !got_int; i++)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009507 {
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009508 char_u *path = fnames[i];
9509 int is_in_curdir;
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02009510 char_u *dir_end = gettail_dir(path);
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009511 char_u *pathsep_p;
9512 char_u *path_cutoff;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009513
Bram Moolenaar624c7aa2010-07-16 20:38:52 +02009514 len = (int)STRLEN(path);
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009515 is_in_curdir = fnamencmp(curdir, path, dir_end - path) == 0
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009516 && curdir[dir_end - path] == NUL;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009517 if (is_in_curdir)
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009518 in_curdir[i] = vim_strsave(path);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009519
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009520 /* Shorten the filename while maintaining its uniqueness */
9521 path_cutoff = get_path_cutoff(path, &path_ga);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009522
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009523 /* we start at the end of the path */
9524 pathsep_p = path + len - 1;
9525
9526 while (find_previous_pathsep(path, &pathsep_p))
9527 if (vim_regexec(&regmatch, pathsep_p + 1, (colnr_T)0)
9528 && is_unique(pathsep_p + 1, gap, i)
9529 && path_cutoff != NULL && pathsep_p + 1 >= path_cutoff)
9530 {
9531 sort_again = TRUE;
9532 mch_memmove(path, pathsep_p + 1, STRLEN(pathsep_p));
9533 break;
9534 }
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009535
9536 if (mch_isFullName(path))
9537 {
9538 /*
9539 * Last resort: shorten relative to curdir if possible.
9540 * 'possible' means:
9541 * 1. It is under the current directory.
9542 * 2. The result is actually shorter than the original.
9543 *
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009544 * Before curdir After
9545 * /foo/bar/file.txt /foo/bar ./file.txt
9546 * c:\foo\bar\file.txt c:\foo\bar .\file.txt
9547 * /file.txt / /file.txt
9548 * c:\file.txt c:\ .\file.txt
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009549 */
9550 short_name = shorten_fname(path, curdir);
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02009551 if (short_name != NULL && short_name > path + 1
9552#if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS)
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009553 /* On windows,
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02009554 * shorten_fname("c:\a\a.txt", "c:\a\b")
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02009555 * returns "\a\a.txt", which is not really the short
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009556 * name, hence: */
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02009557 && !vim_ispathsep(*short_name)
9558#endif
9559 )
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009560 {
9561 STRCPY(path, ".");
9562 add_pathsep(path);
Bram Moolenaarcda000e2010-08-14 13:34:39 +02009563 STRMOVE(path + STRLEN(path), short_name);
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009564 }
9565 }
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009566 ui_breakcheck();
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009567 }
9568
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009569 /* Shorten filenames in /in/current/directory/{filename} */
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009570 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len && !got_int; i++)
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009571 {
9572 char_u *rel_path;
9573 char_u *path = in_curdir[i];
9574
9575 if (path == NULL)
9576 continue;
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009577
9578 /* If the {filename} is not unique, change it to ./{filename}.
9579 * Else reduce it to {filename} */
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009580 short_name = shorten_fname(path, curdir);
9581 if (short_name == NULL)
9582 short_name = path;
9583 if (is_unique(short_name, gap, i))
9584 {
9585 STRCPY(fnames[i], short_name);
9586 continue;
9587 }
9588
9589 rel_path = alloc((int)(STRLEN(short_name) + STRLEN(PATHSEPSTR) + 2));
9590 if (rel_path == NULL)
9591 goto theend;
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009592 STRCPY(rel_path, ".");
9593 add_pathsep(rel_path);
9594 STRCAT(rel_path, short_name);
9595
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009596 vim_free(fnames[i]);
9597 fnames[i] = rel_path;
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009598 sort_again = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009599 ui_breakcheck();
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009600 }
9601
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009602theend:
9603 vim_free(curdir);
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009604 if (in_curdir != NULL)
9605 {
9606 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++)
9607 vim_free(in_curdir[i]);
9608 vim_free(in_curdir);
9609 }
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009610 ga_clear_strings(&path_ga);
Bram Moolenaarb31e4382010-07-24 16:01:56 +02009611 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009612
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009613 if (sort_again)
Bram Moolenaarcb9d45c2010-07-20 18:10:15 +02009614 remove_duplicates(gap);
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009615}
9616
9617/*
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009618 * Calls globpath() with 'path' values for the given pattern and stores the
9619 * result in "gap".
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009620 * Returns the total number of matches.
9621 */
9622 static int
9623expand_in_path(gap, pattern, flags)
9624 garray_T *gap;
9625 char_u *pattern;
9626 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9627{
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009628 char_u *curdir;
9629 garray_T path_ga;
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009630 char_u *files = NULL;
9631 char_u *s; /* start */
9632 char_u *e; /* end */
9633 char_u *paths = NULL;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009634
Bram Moolenaar7f0f6212010-08-03 22:21:00 +02009635 if ((curdir = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL)) == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009636 return 0;
9637 mch_dirname(curdir, MAXPATHL);
9638
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009639 ga_init2(&path_ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 1);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009640 expand_path_option(curdir, &path_ga);
9641 vim_free(curdir);
Bram Moolenaar006d2b02010-08-04 12:39:44 +02009642 if (path_ga.ga_len == 0)
9643 return 0;
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009644
9645 paths = ga_concat_strings(&path_ga);
9646 ga_clear_strings(&path_ga);
9647 if (paths == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar7f0f6212010-08-03 22:21:00 +02009648 return 0;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009649
Bram Moolenaar94950a92010-12-02 16:01:29 +01009650 files = globpath(paths, pattern, (flags & EW_ICASE) ? WILD_ICASE : 0);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009651 vim_free(paths);
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009652 if (files == NULL)
9653 return 0;
9654
9655 /* Copy each path in files into gap */
9656 s = e = files;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009657 while (*s != NUL)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009658 {
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009659 while (*e != '\n' && *e != NUL)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009660 e++;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009661 if (*e == NUL)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009662 {
9663 addfile(gap, s, flags);
9664 break;
9665 }
9666 else
9667 {
9668 /* *e is '\n' */
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009669 *e = NUL;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009670 addfile(gap, s, flags);
9671 e++;
9672 s = e;
9673 }
9674 }
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009675 vim_free(files);
9676
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009677 return gap->ga_len;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009678}
9679#endif
9680
Bram Moolenaar1587a1e2010-07-29 20:59:59 +02009681#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
9682/*
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009683 * Sort "gap" and remove duplicate entries. "gap" is expected to contain a
9684 * list of file names in allocated memory.
Bram Moolenaar1587a1e2010-07-29 20:59:59 +02009685 */
9686 void
9687remove_duplicates(gap)
9688 garray_T *gap;
9689{
9690 int i;
9691 int j;
9692 char_u **fnames = (char_u **)gap->ga_data;
9693
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009694 sort_strings(fnames, gap->ga_len);
Bram Moolenaar1587a1e2010-07-29 20:59:59 +02009695 for (i = gap->ga_len - 1; i > 0; --i)
9696 if (fnamecmp(fnames[i - 1], fnames[i]) == 0)
9697 {
9698 vim_free(fnames[i]);
9699 for (j = i + 1; j < gap->ga_len; ++j)
9700 fnames[j - 1] = fnames[j];
9701 --gap->ga_len;
9702 }
9703}
9704#endif
9705
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009706/*
9707 * Generic wildcard expansion code.
9708 *
9709 * Characters in "pat" that should not be expanded must be preceded with a
9710 * backslash. E.g., "/path\ with\ spaces/my\*star*"
9711 *
9712 * Return FAIL when no single file was found. In this case "num_file" is not
9713 * set, and "file" may contain an error message.
9714 * Return OK when some files found. "num_file" is set to the number of
9715 * matches, "file" to the array of matches. Call FreeWild() later.
9716 */
9717 int
9718gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
9719 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
9720 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
9721 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
9722 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
9723 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9724{
9725 int i;
9726 garray_T ga;
9727 char_u *p;
9728 static int recursive = FALSE;
9729 int add_pat;
Bram Moolenaard732f9a2010-08-15 13:29:11 +02009730#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
9731 int did_expand_in_path = FALSE;
9732#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009733
9734 /*
9735 * expand_env() is called to expand things like "~user". If this fails,
9736 * it calls ExpandOne(), which brings us back here. In this case, always
9737 * call the machine specific expansion function, if possible. Otherwise,
9738 * return FAIL.
9739 */
9740 if (recursive)
9741#ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
9742 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
9743#else
9744 return FAIL;
9745#endif
9746
9747#ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
9748 /*
9749 * If there are any special wildcard characters which we cannot handle
9750 * here, call machine specific function for all the expansion. This
9751 * avoids starting the shell for each argument separately.
9752 * For `=expr` do use the internal function.
9753 */
9754 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; i++)
9755 {
9756 if (vim_strpbrk(pat[i], (char_u *)SPECIAL_WILDCHAR) != NULL
9757# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9758 && !(vim_backtick(pat[i]) && pat[i][1] == '=')
9759# endif
9760 )
9761 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
9762 }
9763#endif
9764
9765 recursive = TRUE;
9766
9767 /*
9768 * The matching file names are stored in a growarray. Init it empty.
9769 */
9770 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 30);
9771
9772 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; ++i)
9773 {
9774 add_pat = -1;
9775 p = pat[i];
9776
9777#ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9778 if (vim_backtick(p))
9779 add_pat = expand_backtick(&ga, p, flags);
9780 else
9781#endif
9782 {
9783 /*
9784 * First expand environment variables, "~/" and "~user/".
9785 */
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009786 if (vim_strchr(p, '$') != NULL || *p == '~')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009787 {
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00009788 p = expand_env_save_opt(p, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009789 if (p == NULL)
9790 p = pat[i];
9791#ifdef UNIX
9792 /*
9793 * On Unix, if expand_env() can't expand an environment
9794 * variable, use the shell to do that. Discard previously
9795 * found file names and start all over again.
9796 */
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009797 else if (vim_strchr(p, '$') != NULL || *p == '~')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009798 {
9799 vim_free(p);
Bram Moolenaar782027e2009-06-24 14:25:49 +00009800 ga_clear_strings(&ga);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009801 i = mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file,
9802 flags);
9803 recursive = FALSE;
9804 return i;
9805 }
9806#endif
9807 }
9808
9809 /*
9810 * If there are wildcards: Expand file names and add each match to
9811 * the list. If there is no match, and EW_NOTFOUND is given, add
9812 * the pattern.
9813 * If there are no wildcards: Add the file name if it exists or
9814 * when EW_NOTFOUND is given.
9815 */
9816 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(p))
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009817 {
9818#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
Bram Moolenaard732f9a2010-08-15 13:29:11 +02009819 if ((flags & EW_PATH)
9820 && !mch_isFullName(p)
9821 && !(p[0] == '.'
9822 && (vim_ispathsep(p[1])
9823 || (p[1] == '.' && vim_ispathsep(p[2]))))
9824 )
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009825 {
Bram Moolenaard732f9a2010-08-15 13:29:11 +02009826 /* :find completion where 'path' is used.
9827 * Recursiveness is OK here. */
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009828 recursive = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009829 add_pat = expand_in_path(&ga, p, flags);
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009830 recursive = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaard732f9a2010-08-15 13:29:11 +02009831 did_expand_in_path = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009832 }
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009833 else
9834#endif
9835 add_pat = mch_expandpath(&ga, p, flags);
9836 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009837 }
9838
9839 if (add_pat == -1 || (add_pat == 0 && (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)))
9840 {
9841 char_u *t = backslash_halve_save(p);
9842
9843#if defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
9844 slash_to_colon(t);
9845#endif
9846 /* When EW_NOTFOUND is used, always add files and dirs. Makes
9847 * "vim c:/" work. */
9848 if (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)
9849 addfile(&ga, t, flags | EW_DIR | EW_FILE);
9850 else if (mch_getperm(t) >= 0)
9851 addfile(&ga, t, flags);
9852 vim_free(t);
9853 }
9854
Bram Moolenaarb28ebbc2010-07-14 16:59:57 +02009855#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
Bram Moolenaard732f9a2010-08-15 13:29:11 +02009856 if (did_expand_in_path && ga.ga_len > 0 && (flags & EW_PATH))
Bram Moolenaarb28ebbc2010-07-14 16:59:57 +02009857 uniquefy_paths(&ga, p);
9858#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009859 if (p != pat[i])
9860 vim_free(p);
9861 }
9862
9863 *num_file = ga.ga_len;
9864 *file = (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? (char_u **)ga.ga_data : (char_u **)"";
9865
9866 recursive = FALSE;
9867
9868 return (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? OK : FAIL;
9869}
9870
9871# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9872
9873/*
9874 * Return TRUE if we can expand this backtick thing here.
9875 */
9876 static int
9877vim_backtick(p)
9878 char_u *p;
9879{
9880 return (*p == '`' && *(p + 1) != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == '`');
9881}
9882
9883/*
9884 * Expand an item in `backticks` by executing it as a command.
9885 * Currently only works when pat[] starts and ends with a `.
9886 * Returns number of file names found.
9887 */
9888 static int
9889expand_backtick(gap, pat, flags)
9890 garray_T *gap;
9891 char_u *pat;
9892 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9893{
9894 char_u *p;
9895 char_u *cmd;
9896 char_u *buffer;
9897 int cnt = 0;
9898 int i;
9899
9900 /* Create the command: lop off the backticks. */
9901 cmd = vim_strnsave(pat + 1, (int)STRLEN(pat) - 2);
9902 if (cmd == NULL)
9903 return 0;
9904
9905#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
9906 if (*cmd == '=') /* `={expr}`: Expand expression */
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00009907 buffer = eval_to_string(cmd + 1, &p, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009908 else
9909#endif
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009910 buffer = get_cmd_output(cmd, NULL,
9911 (flags & EW_SILENT) ? SHELL_SILENT : 0);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009912 vim_free(cmd);
9913 if (buffer == NULL)
9914 return 0;
9915
9916 cmd = buffer;
9917 while (*cmd != NUL)
9918 {
9919 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); /* skip over white space */
9920 p = cmd;
9921 while (*p != NUL && *p != '\r' && *p != '\n') /* skip over entry */
9922 ++p;
9923 /* add an entry if it is not empty */
9924 if (p > cmd)
9925 {
9926 i = *p;
9927 *p = NUL;
9928 addfile(gap, cmd, flags);
9929 *p = i;
9930 ++cnt;
9931 }
9932 cmd = p;
9933 while (*cmd != NUL && (*cmd == '\r' || *cmd == '\n'))
9934 ++cmd;
9935 }
9936
9937 vim_free(buffer);
9938 return cnt;
9939}
9940# endif /* VIM_BACKTICK */
9941
9942/*
9943 * Add a file to a file list. Accepted flags:
9944 * EW_DIR add directories
9945 * EW_FILE add files
Bram Moolenaar1f35bf92006-03-07 22:38:47 +00009946 * EW_EXEC add executable files
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009947 * EW_NOTFOUND add even when it doesn't exist
9948 * EW_ADDSLASH add slash after directory name
9949 */
9950 void
9951addfile(gap, f, flags)
9952 garray_T *gap;
9953 char_u *f; /* filename */
9954 int flags;
9955{
9956 char_u *p;
9957 int isdir;
9958
9959 /* if the file/dir doesn't exist, may not add it */
9960 if (!(flags & EW_NOTFOUND) && mch_getperm(f) < 0)
9961 return;
9962
9963#ifdef FNAME_ILLEGAL
9964 /* if the file/dir contains illegal characters, don't add it */
9965 if (vim_strpbrk(f, (char_u *)FNAME_ILLEGAL) != NULL)
9966 return;
9967#endif
9968
9969 isdir = mch_isdir(f);
9970 if ((isdir && !(flags & EW_DIR)) || (!isdir && !(flags & EW_FILE)))
9971 return;
9972
Bram Moolenaar1f35bf92006-03-07 22:38:47 +00009973 /* If the file isn't executable, may not add it. Do accept directories. */
9974 if (!isdir && (flags & EW_EXEC) && !mch_can_exe(f))
9975 return;
9976
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009977 /* Make room for another item in the file list. */
9978 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL)
9979 return;
9980
9981 p = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(f) + 1 + isdir));
9982 if (p == NULL)
9983 return;
9984
9985 STRCPY(p, f);
9986#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
9987 slash_adjust(p);
9988#endif
9989 /*
9990 * Append a slash or backslash after directory names if none is present.
9991 */
9992#ifndef DONT_ADD_PATHSEP_TO_DIR
9993 if (isdir && (flags & EW_ADDSLASH))
9994 add_pathsep(p);
9995#endif
9996 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009997}
9998#endif /* !NO_EXPANDPATH */
9999
10000#if defined(VIM_BACKTICK) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
10001
10002#ifndef SEEK_SET
10003# define SEEK_SET 0
10004#endif
10005#ifndef SEEK_END
10006# define SEEK_END 2
10007#endif
10008
10009/*
10010 * Get the stdout of an external command.
10011 * Returns an allocated string, or NULL for error.
10012 */
10013 char_u *
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +000010014get_cmd_output(cmd, infile, flags)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010015 char_u *cmd;
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +000010016 char_u *infile; /* optional input file name */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010017 int flags; /* can be SHELL_SILENT */
10018{
10019 char_u *tempname;
10020 char_u *command;
10021 char_u *buffer = NULL;
10022 int len;
10023 int i = 0;
10024 FILE *fd;
10025
10026 if (check_restricted() || check_secure())
10027 return NULL;
10028
10029 /* get a name for the temp file */
10030 if ((tempname = vim_tempname('o')) == NULL)
10031 {
10032 EMSG(_(e_notmp));
10033 return NULL;
10034 }
10035
10036 /* Add the redirection stuff */
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +000010037 command = make_filter_cmd(cmd, infile, tempname);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010038 if (command == NULL)
10039 goto done;
10040
10041 /*
10042 * Call the shell to execute the command (errors are ignored).
10043 * Don't check timestamps here.
10044 */
10045 ++no_check_timestamps;
10046 call_shell(command, SHELL_DOOUT | SHELL_EXPAND | flags);
10047 --no_check_timestamps;
10048
10049 vim_free(command);
10050
10051 /*
10052 * read the names from the file into memory
10053 */
10054# ifdef VMS
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +000010055 /* created temporary file is not always readable as binary */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010056 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, "r");
10057# else
10058 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, READBIN);
10059# endif
10060
10061 if (fd == NULL)
10062 {
10063 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), tempname);
10064 goto done;
10065 }
10066
10067 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_END);
10068 len = ftell(fd); /* get size of temp file */
10069 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_SET);
10070
10071 buffer = alloc(len + 1);
10072 if (buffer != NULL)
10073 i = (int)fread((char *)buffer, (size_t)1, (size_t)len, fd);
10074 fclose(fd);
10075 mch_remove(tempname);
10076 if (buffer == NULL)
10077 goto done;
10078#ifdef VMS
10079 len = i; /* VMS doesn't give us what we asked for... */
10080#endif
10081 if (i != len)
10082 {
10083 EMSG2(_(e_notread), tempname);
10084 vim_free(buffer);
10085 buffer = NULL;
10086 }
10087 else
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +020010088 buffer[len] = NUL; /* make sure the buffer is terminated */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010089
10090done:
10091 vim_free(tempname);
10092 return buffer;
10093}
10094#endif
10095
10096/*
10097 * Free the list of files returned by expand_wildcards() or other expansion
10098 * functions.
10099 */
10100 void
10101FreeWild(count, files)
10102 int count;
10103 char_u **files;
10104{
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +000010105 if (count <= 0 || files == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010106 return;
10107#if defined(__EMX__) && defined(__ALWAYS_HAS_TRAILING_NULL_POINTER) /* XXX */
10108 /*
10109 * Is this still OK for when other functions than expand_wildcards() have
10110 * been used???
10111 */
10112 _fnexplodefree((char **)files);
10113#else
10114 while (count--)
10115 vim_free(files[count]);
10116 vim_free(files);
10117#endif
10118}
10119
10120/*
Bram Moolenaara9dc3752010-07-11 20:46:53 +020010121 * Return TRUE when need to go to Insert mode because of 'insertmode'.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010122 * Don't do this when still processing a command or a mapping.
10123 * Don't do this when inside a ":normal" command.
10124 */
10125 int
10126goto_im()
10127{
10128 return (p_im && stuff_empty() && typebuf_typed());
10129}